Preface, Contents SIMATIC ET 200C Distributed I/O Station Manual Edition 03 EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Configuration 1 ET 200C Configuration Options 2 ET 200C Components 3 Mechanical and Electrical Installation 4 Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200 5 Startup and Test with COM ET 200 6 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B 7 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C 8 Connection of the ET 200 Handheld 9 General Technical Specifications 10 Digital Modules 11 Analog Modules 12 Other ET 200C Components 13 Pin Assignments of the ET 200C Modules A Type files B Safety-Related Guidelines C Glossary, Index Safety Guidelines ! ! ! This manual contains notices which you should observe to ensure your own personal safety, as well as to protect the product and connected equipment. These notices are highlighted in the manual by a warning triangle and are marked as follows according to the level of danger: Danger indicates that death, severe personal injury or substantial property damage will result if proper precautions are not taken. Warning indicates that death, severe personal injury or substantial property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken. Caution indicates that minor personal injury or property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken. Note draws your attention to particularly important information on the product, handling the product, or to a particular part of the documentation. Qualified Personnel Only qualified personnel should be allowed to install and work on this equipment. Qualified persons are defined as persons who are authorized to commission, to ground, and to tag circuits, equipment, and systems in accordance with established safety practices and standards. The device/system may only be set up and operated in conjunction with this manual. Correct Usage ! Note the following: Warning This device and its components may only be used for the applications described in the catalog or the technical description, and only in connection with devices or components from other manufacturers which have been approved or recommended by Siemens. This product can only function correctly and safely if it is transported, stored, set up, and installed correctly, and operated and maintained as recommended. SIMATIC and SINEC are registered trademarks of SIEMENS AG. Copyright Exclusion of Liability Copyright Siemens AG 1994 All Rights Reserved We have checked the contents of this manual for agreement with the hardware and software described. Since deviations cannot be precluded entirely, we cannot guarantee full agreement. However, the data in this manual is reviewed regularly and any necessary corrections included in subsequent editions. Suggestions for improvement are welcomed. The reproduction, transmission or use of this document or its contents is not permitted without express written authority. Offenders will be liable for damages. All rights, including rights created by patent grant or registration of a utility model or design, are reserved. Technical data subject to change. Preface Purpose of the Manual The information in this manual will enable you to: install, connect and operate the ET 200C distributed I/O station, look up the module characteristics and technical data. Contents of the Manual Scope of the Manual This section shows you how the manual is structured. What is ET 200C? Chap. 1 What configuration options do I have with ET 200C? Chap. 2 What are the components of ET 200C? Chap. 3 What is involved in mechanical and electrical installation? Chap. 4 How do I set the address and parameters with COM ET 200? Chap. 5 How do I perform startup and testing with COM ET 200? Chap. 6 Errors? Chap. 7, 8 How do I connect the ET 200 handheld? Chap. 9 Technical data? Chap. 10, 11, 12, 13 Pin assignment, type files? Appendix A, B This manual covers all the ET 200C modules that can be addressed with the DP standard bus protocol. Each of these ET 200C modules has an order number beginning with 6ES7 (See Chapter 10.1). This manual is applicable to operation of ET 200C in conjunction with IM 308-B master interface and COM ET 200 IM 308-C master interface and COM ET 200 Windows. Operation with the IM 308-B master interface and COM ET 200 is described in detail in this manual. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b iii Preface Scope of the Manual (Continued) As regards operation of ET 200C with the IM 308-C master interface and COM ET 200 Windows, this manual describes only parameterization with COM ET 200 Windows. See the manual entitled ET 200 Distributed I/O System (order number 6ES5 998-3ES12) for detailed information on how to use COM ET 200 Windows and on working with the FB IM 308C standard function block. COM ET 200 Windows has an online Help system that provides valuable assistance for starting up and operating the ET 200C modules. Other Important Manuals This manual follows on from the manual entitled ET 200 Distributed I/O System, which is the master description for the series. You must read and understand the manual ET 200 Distributed I/O System in order to use this manual. Quick Access A number of features in this manual will help you to obtain quick access to the information you require: At the start of the manual you will find a general table of contents, plus a list of all the illustrations and a list of all the tables in the manual. On each page throughout the manual, the bold-face headings on the left summarize the contents of the individual passages. The Appendices are followed by a Glossary containing definitions of the important terms used in this manual. The manual closes with a detailed index that you can use to find information on the topic of your choice. Standards The ET 200C modules function as DP standard slaves in accordance with the definitions of DIN E 19245, Parts 1 and 3. Questions Please address all questions about the ET 200C distributed I/O station to: Hotline SIMATIC Erlangen Phone (+ 49 for Germany) 9131/7-43344 Suggestions iv You will find suggestion sheets at the end of the manual. Please note any suggestions or proposals you may have on these sheets and return them to use. Your suggestions will help us improve the next edition of the manual. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Contents 1 2 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1.1 What is the ET 200? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1.2 What is the ET 200C? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 ET 200C Configuration Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 2.1 2.1.1 2.1.2 2.1.3 2.1.4 2.1.5 3 Overview of the ET 200C Configuration Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuration with Power Supply Connector without T Connector . . . . Configuration with Power Supply Connector and with T Connectors . Configuration using Several Power Supply Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuration without Power Supply Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuration with Programmer Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 2-4 2-7 2-10 2-12 2-16 ET 200C Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1 Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V (6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A (6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V (6ES 143-0BL00-0XB0 and 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Analog Input Module ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11 Analog Input Module ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 Analog Output Module ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 3.8 T Connector (6ES5 762-2CT11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17 3.9 Power Supply Connector (6ES5 762-2CS11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 3.10 Programmer Connector (6ES5 762-2CA12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 3.11 Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 3.12 Terminating Resistor (6ES5 755-2CA11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 3.13 Adapter Cable (6ES5 755-8CA11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b v Contents 4 Mechanical and Electrical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 4.1 Installation of ET 200C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 4.2 4.2.1 4.2.2 Electrical Wiring of the ET 200C Distributed I/O Station . . . . . . . . . . . . Grounded Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ungrounded Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 4-4 4-6 4.3 4.3.1 4.3.2 4.3.3 Wiring of the ET 200C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring of the Bus Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring of ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V (6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0) . . . . . . . Wiring of ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A (6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0) and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0) . . . . . . . Wiring of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring of ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0KB0) . . . . . . . Wiring of ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0KB0) . . . . . . . . . Wiring of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0KB0) . . . . . . . . Wiring of the Load Voltage Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring of the External Power Supply to the PS Connector . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 4-10 4-13 4.3.4 4.3.5 4.3.6 4.3.7 4.3.8 4.3.9 4.3.10 4.4 4.4.1 4.4.2 4.4.3 4.4.4 5 Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200 . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.1 5.1.1 5.1.2 5.1.3 5.1.4 6 7 vi Setting DIL Switches on Analog Modules of ET 200C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting the Station Number of Analog Modules by Means of DIL Switch Block S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting the Measurement Type for Analog Module ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Measurement Type for Analog Module ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Connection Mode for Analog Module ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 4-17 4-19 4-21 4-30 4-35 4-41 4-42 4-43 4-44 4-46 4-50 4-52 5-1 Address Assignment with COM ET 200 V4.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enter Station Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enter Address Area and Station Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enter Station Name, Addresses and Address Identifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enter Parameterization Frame with COM ET 200 V4.x . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2 5-3 5-5 5-7 5-12 Startup and Test with COM ET 200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 6.1 Connecting the Programmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 6.2 Starting Up and Testing the ET 200C Distributed I/O Station . . . . . . . . 6-4 6.3 Testing the ET 200C Distributed I/O Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 7.1 Using LEDs to Diagnose Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 7.2 Using COM ET 200 V4.x to Diagnose Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 7.3 7.3.1 7.3.2 7.3.3 Using STEP 5 to Diagnose Problems (Station Diagnosis) . . . . . . . . . . "Overview" Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . "Parameter Assignment and Addressability" Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . Station Status Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 7-10 7-12 7-14 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Contents 7.3.4 7.3.5 8 9 10 11 Manufacturer Identification Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Device-related Diagnostics - Digital ET 200C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17 7-18 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 8.1 Using LEDs to Diagnose Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 8.2 8.2.1 8.2.2 8.2.3 8.2.4 Using STEP 5 to Diagnose Problems (Station Diagnostics) . . . . . . . . . Diagnosing the station status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diagnosing the Manufacturer Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Device-related Diagnostics - Digital ET 200C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Identification- and Device-related Diagnostics - Analog ET 200C . . . . 8-6 8-14 8-17 8-18 8-21 Connection of the ET 200 Handheld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1 9.1 Connection of the ET 200 Handheld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2 General Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1 10.1 Overview of Digital and Analog Modules for the ET 200C . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2 10.2 General Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3 Digital Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1 Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V (6ES7 141-0BF00-0BX0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A (6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0 and 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-16 Analog Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1 Analog Input Module ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-2 ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-20 ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-33 Other ET 200C Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1 13.1 T Connector (6ES5 762-2CT11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2 13.2 Power Supply Connector (6ES5 762-2CS11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3 13.3 Programmer Connector (6ES5 762-2CA12) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5 13.4 Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7 13.5 Terminating Resistor (6ES5 755-2CA11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8 13.6 Adapter Cable (6ES5 755-8CA11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-9 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 12 12.1 12.2 12.3 13 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b vii Contents A B C viii Pin Assignments of the ET 200C Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1 A.1 Pin Assignments of ET 200C Digital Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 A.2 Pin Assignments of ET 200C Analog Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5 Type Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1 B.1 B.1.1 B.1.2 B.1.3 B.1.4 Type Files, ET 200C Digital Modules for COM ET 200 V4.x . . . . . . . . . Type File SN8010TD.200: COM ET 200 V4.x - C-8DI DP . . . . . . . . . . . Type File SN8011TD.200: COM ET 200 V4.x - C-8DO DP . . . . . . . . . . Type File SN8012TD.200: COM ET 200 V4.x - C-8DO/2A DP . . . . . . . Type File SN8013TD.200: COM ET 200 V4.x - C-16DI/16DO/2A DP . B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5 B-6 B.2 B.2.1 B.2.2 B.2.3 Type Files of ET 200C Analog Modules for COM ET 200 Windows . . Type File SI800FAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4/8AI DP . . . . . . Type File SI800EAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4AI DP . . . . . . . Type File SI800DAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4AO DP . . . . . . B-7 B-8 B-13 B-16 Safety-Related Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1 C.1 Active and Passive Faults in Automation Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2 C.2 Suggestions for Configuring and Installing a Distributed I/O Station . . C-3 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Contents Figures 1-1 1-2 1-3 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7 2-8 2-9 3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 3-6 3-7 3-8 3-9 3-10 3-11 3-12 3-13 4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 4-5 4-6 4-7 4-8 4-9 4-10 4-11 ET 200 Bus Users Described in this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ET 200C Digital and Analog Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other ET 200C Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SINEC L2-DP Field Bus and Power Supply Looped Through at ET 200C Slave Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SINEC L2-DP Field Bus and Power Supply Looped Through with T Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rule for Use of a T Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuration using Several Power Supply Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . SINEC L2-DP Field Bus Looped Through with T Connectors - Individual External Power Supply to Each Slave Station . . . . . . . . . . . . Rules for Use of a T Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rules for Current Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuration with Programmer Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V (6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A (6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V with Circular Connector (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital I/O Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V with Conduit Thread Glands (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog Input Module ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog Input Module ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog Output Module ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Supply Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Programmer Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Terminating Resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adapter Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grounded Configuration for ET 200C with 24 V DC Current/Load Voltage Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ungrounded Configuration for ET 200C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bus Connections of the ET 200C Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor Supply Returned to Input without Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sensor Supply Returned to Input with Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Output Returned to Input without Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Output Returned to Input with Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Output Returned to Input without Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Output Returned to Input with Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Arrangement of Screw Terminals of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Components of the Cable Gland for the Grounding Cable . . . . . . . . . . ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 1-2 1-3 1-4 2-3 2-5 2-8 2-9 2-11 2-13 2-14 2-15 2-16 3-3 3-5 3-7 3-9 3-10 3-12 3-14 3-16 3-17 3-18 3-19 3-22 3-23 4-5 4-7 4-10 4-14 4-14 4-16 4-16 4-18 4-18 4-20 4-21 ix Contents 4-12 4-13 4-14 4-15 4-16 4-17 4-18 4-19 4-20 4-21 4-22 4-23 4-24 4-25 4-26 4-27 4-28 4-29 4-30 4-31 4-32 5-1 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5 6-1 6-2 6-3 6-4 7-1 7-2 7-3 7-4 x Arrangement of Screw Terminals and DIL Switches in ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connection to ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit of Thermocouples for Floating Measurement and External Floating Compensation . . . . . Connection to ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit of Thermocouples for Non-Floating Measurement and External Non-Floating Compensation Connection to ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit of Thermocouples for Non-Floating Measurement and Internal Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . Connection to ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit of Resistance Thermometers (Pt 100) in 2-Wire Circuit for Floating Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connection to ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit of Resistance Thermometers (Pt 100) in 4-Wire Circuit for Floating Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connection to ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit of Voltage Sensors in 2-Wire Circuit for Non-Floating Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Components of the Cable Gland for the Grounding Cable . . . . . . . . . . Arrangement of Screw Terminals and DIL Switches in ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connection to ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit of Voltage Sensors in 2-Wire Circuit for Floating Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connection to ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit of Current Sensors in 2-Wire Circuit for Floating Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Components of the Cable Gland for the Grounding Cable . . . . . . . . . . Arrangement of Screw Terminals and DIL Switches in ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connection of Loads to ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit, 4-Wire Circuit for Voltage Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connection of Loads to ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit, 2-Wire Circuit for Voltage Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connection of Loads to ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit, 2-Wire Circuit for Current Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIL Switch Block in Default Position (As Delivered) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Example of How to Set a Station Number at DIL Switch Block S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Block Diagram of DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Block Diagram of DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . Block Diagram of DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . "CONFIGURING" Screen (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . "CONFIGURING" Screen (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . "CONFIGURING" Screen (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure of the Parameterization Frame for ET 200C: Byte 0 . . . . . . . Structure of the Parameterization Frame for ET 200C: Byte 1 . . . . . . . Connecting the Programmer to the ET 200C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connecting the Programmer to the SINEC L2-DP Field Bus . . . . . . . . "SYSTEM START-UP/TEST: STATION SELECTED" Screen . . . . . . . . "SYSTEM START-UP/TEST: STATUS/CONTROL" Screen . . . . . . . . . . "INDIVIDUAL DIAGNOSTICS" Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Requesting the Diagnostics "Overview" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Requesting the Diagnostics for "Parameter Assignment and Addressability" . . . . . . . . Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Requesting the Station Status (Station Status 1 and Station Status 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 4-24 4-25 4-26 4-27 4-28 4-29 4-30 4-32 4-33 4-34 4-35 4-37 4-38 4-39 4-40 4-44 4-45 4-47 4-49 4-51 5-4 5-6 5-9 5-13 5-13 6-2 6-3 6-5 6-7 7-6 7-11 7-13 7-15 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Contents 7-5 7-6 7-7 7-8 8-1 8-2 8-3 8-4 8-5 8-6 8-7 8-8 8-9 8-10 8-11 8-12 8-13 8-14 8-15 8-16 9-1 9-2 9-3 Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Requesting the Station Status (Station Status 3 and Master Address) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Request for Manufacturer Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Requesting the Header and the Device-related Diagnostics of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Requesting the Device-related Diagnostics of ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V, ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A . . . . . . . . . . Diagram Illustrating How Station Diagnostics is Requested with FB IM308C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure of the Diagnostics Word (Station Status 1 and Station Status 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure of the Diagnostics Word "Station Status 3 and Master Station Number" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure of the "Manufacturer Identification" Diagnostics Word . . . . . Structure of the Diagnostics Word "Header and Device-related Diagnostics" of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure of the Diagnostics Word for "Device-related Diagnostics" for ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V; ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure of Diagnostics Word for Identification-related Diagnostics (DW n + 3) for Analog ET 200C Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure of Diagnostics Word "Header - Device-related Diagnostics" (DW n + 4) for Analog ET 200C Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure of Diagnostics Word "Device-related Diagnostics - Diagnostics Alarm" (DW n + 5) for Analog ET 200C Modules . . . . . . . Structure of Diagnostics Word "Device-related Diagnostics - Diagnostics Alarm" (DW n + 6) for Analog ET 200C Modules . . . . . . . Structure of Diagnostics Word "Device-related Diagnostics - Diagnostics Alarm" (DW n + 7) for Analog ET 200C Modules . . . . . . . Structure of Diagnostics Word "Device-related Diagnostics - Diagnostics Alarm" (DW n + 8) for Analog ET 200C Modules . . . . . . . Structure of Diagnostics Word "Device-related Diagnostics - Diagnostics Alarm" (DW n + 9) for Analog ET 200C Modules . . . . . . . Structure of Diagnostics Word "Header and Device-related Diagnostics - Diagnostics Alarm" (DW n + 10) for Analog ET 200C Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure of Diagnostics Word "Header and Device-related Diagnostics - Diagnostics Alarm" (DW n + 12) for Analog ET 200C Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure of Diagnostics Word "Device-related Diagnostics - Limit Value Alarm" (DW n + 6) for Analog ET 200C Modules . . . . . . . . Connection of ET 200 Handheld for Configuration with Power Supply Connector and without T Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connection of ET 200 Handheld for Configuration with External Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connection of the Handheld to the Unassigned Bus Connection of the ET 200C Station for Configuration with Power Supply Connector and T Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 7-16 7-17 7-19 7-20 8-11 8-15 8-16 8-17 8-19 8-20 8-24 8-25 8-25 8-26 8-26 8-27 8-27 8-28 8-29 8-30 9-3 9-3 9-4 xi Contents 9-4 11-1 11-2 11-3 11-4 11-5 11-6 11-7 11-8 11-9 11-10 11-11 11-12 11-13 11-14 12-1 12-2 12-3 12-4 12-5 12-6 12-7 12-8 12-9 12-10 xii Connection of the Handheld to the T Connector for Configuration with Power Supply Connector and T Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V: Block Diagram . . . . . . Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24 V; Dimension Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24 V; Dimension Drawing with T Connector and Plug Connectors (with Pin/Socket Inserts) . . . . Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A: Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/0.5A; Dimension Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/0.5A; Dimension Drawing with T Connector and Plug Connectors (with Pin/Socket Inserts) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A: Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/2A; Dimension Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/2A; Dimension Drawing with T Connector and Plug Connectors (with Pin/Socket Inserts) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A: Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0); Dimension Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0); Dimension Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0); Dimension Drawing with T Connector and Plug Connectors (with Pin/Socket Inserts) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI16/DO 16 DC 24 V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0); Dimension Drawing with T Connector and Plug Connectors (with Pin/Socket Inserts) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ET200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit: Block Diagram . . . . . . Screw Terminals and Their Assignments in the ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit: Dimensional Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit: Dimensional Drawing with T-connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ET200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit: Block Diagram . . . . . . . Screw Terminals with Assignments in the ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit . . . ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit: Dimensional Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit: Dimensional Drawing with T-connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 12 Bit: Block Diagram . . . . Screw Terminals with Assignments in the ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 11-3 11-4 11-5 11-7 11-9 11-10 11-12 11-14 11-15 11-18 11-20 11-21 11-22 11-23 12-4 12-4 12-18 12-19 12-21 12-21 12-31 12-32 12-34 12-34 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Contents 12-11 12-12 13-1 13-2 13-3 13-4 ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 12 Bit: Dimensional Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 12 Bit: Dimensional Drawing with T-connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Supply Connector: Dimension Drawing with Plug Connectors (with Pin/Socket Insert) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Supply Connector: Dimension Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Programmer Connector: Dimension Drawing with Plug Connectors (with Pin/Socket Insert) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Programmer Connector: Dimension Drawing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 12-42 12-43 13-3 13-4 13-5 13-6 xiii Contents Tables 1-1 1-2 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7 3-1 3-2 3-3 4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 4-5 4-6 4-7 4-8 4-9 4-10 4-11 4-12 4-13 4-14 4-15 4-16 4-17 4-18 4-19 4-20 4-21 4-22 xiv Maximum baud rates with components of ET 200C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Length of the SINEC L2 Bus Cable in Accordance with the Baud Rate on the SINEC L2-DP Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ET 200C Configuration Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Permissible Current Load for Load Voltage Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Permissible Current Load for Load Voltage Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Length of the Bus Cable, if SINEC L2-DP Field Bus and Power Supply are Combined in One Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current Consumption of the Digital Modules of ET 200C . . . . . . . . . . . Permissible Current Load for Load Voltage Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Length of the Spur Line of the Programmer Connection in Accordance with the Baud Rate on the SINEC L2-DP Bus . . . . . . . . ET 200C Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Order Numbers for Standard Cable Lengths (Core Cross-Sectional Area 0.75 mm2/Max. Current Load 4 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Order Numbers for Standard Cable Lengths (Core Cross-Sectional Area 0.75 mm2/Max. Current Load 4 A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Distances between ET 200C Modules and Cable Ducts . . . . . . . . . . . . Order Numbers for Circular Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Assignment of the Bus Connection where only the SINEC L2-DP is Connected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Assignment of the Bus Connection where only the Power Supply is Connected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Assignment of the Bus Connection if SINEC L2-DP and Power Supply are Connected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Assignment of the Inputs of ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V (6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Assignments of the Outputs of ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A (6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0) and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Assignments of the Inputs of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Assignments of the Outputs of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connection Assignments of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connection Assignment of the Inputs of ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0KB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIL-Switch blocks in the ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connection Assignment of the Inputs of ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0KB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIL Switch Blocks in ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Assignment, Outputs of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIL Switch Blocks in ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Assignment of the Load Voltage Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Assignment of the External Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Module-Specific DIL Switch Blocks in ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit . . . . . DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 1-7 2-2 2-6 2-9 2-10 2-10 2-14 2-17 3-20 3-21 3-21 4-2 4-8 4-11 4-12 4-12 4-13 4-15 4-17 4-17 4-19 4-22 4-23 4-31 4-32 4-36 4-37 4-41 4-42 4-46 4-47 4-48 4-49 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Contents 4-23 4-24 4-25 4-26 5-1 5-2 7-1 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-5 7-6 8-1 8-2 8-3 8-4 8-5 8-6 8-7 8-8 8-9 8-10 8-11 8-12 8-13 8-14 11-1 11-2 11-3 11-4 12-1 12-2 12-3 12-4 12-5 Module-Specific DIL Switch Block in ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit . . . . . . . . DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Module-specific DIL-switch block in ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit . . . . . . . DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type File Designations for ET 200C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Address Identifiers for ET 200C (DP Standard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fault Messages through LEDs on the ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V . . . . Fault Messages through LEDs of the ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A . . . . . . . . . . Fault Messages through LEDs of the ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STEP 5 Diagnostics Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure of the Station Diagnostics for ET 200C . . . . . . . . . . . . . Combination of the Diagnostics "Overview" and Diagnostics for "Parameter Assignment and Addressability" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fault Messages through LEDs on the ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V . . . . Fault Messages through LEDs of the ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A . . . . . . . . . . Fault Messages through LEDs of the ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fault Messages through LEDs of the ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit, AI 4 12 Bit and AO 4 12 Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STEP 5 Diagnostics Facilities, Operation with IM 308-C . . . . . . . . . . . . Structure of Station Diagnostics for Digital ET 200C Modules . . . . . . . Structure of Station Diagnostics for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit . . . . . . . Structure of Station Diagnostics for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit . . . . . . . . Structure of Station Diagnostics for ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit . . . . . . . Position of the Diagnostics Data in the Data Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Position of Diagnostics Data in Data Block for ET 200C (digital ET 200C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Position of Diagnostics Data in Data Block for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Position of the Diagnostics Data in the Data Block for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Position of the Diagnostics Data in the Data Block for ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parameters for Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24 V . . . . . Parameters for Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/0.5A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parameters for Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parameters for Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V/2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parameters for ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit . . . . . . Parameters for ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit: Range of Values, Bytes 25 to 28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Presentation of an Analog Input Value as Bit Pattern for SIMATIC S5 with ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description of Bit for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (Measuring Ranges: " 80 mV, " 250 mV, " 500 mV and " 1000 mV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 4-50 4-51 4-52 4-53 5-2 5-8 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-7 7-8 7-13 8-2 8-3 8-4 8-5 8-6 8-7 8-8 8-9 8-10 8-14 8-18 8-21 8-22 8-23 11-3 11-8 11-13 11-19 12-5 12-6 12-8 12-8 12-9 xv Contents 12-6 12-7 12-8 12-9 12-10 12-11 12-12 12-13 12-14 12-15 12-16 12-17 12-18 12-19 12-20 12-21 12-22 12-23 12-24 12-25 12-26 12-27 12-28 12-29 12-30 12-31 xvi Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit with Resistance Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit with Linearization; Type K Thermocouple (Nickel-Chromium/ Nickel-Aluminum, to IEC 584) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit with Linearization; Type J Thermocouple (Iron/Copper-Nickel (Constantan), to IEC 584) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit with Linearization; Type L Thermocouple (Iron/Copper-Nickel (Constantan), to DIN 43710) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Presentation of an Analog Input Value as Bit Pattern for SIMATIC S7 with ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (Measuring Ranges: " 80 mV, " 250 mV, " 500 mV and " 1000 mV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit for Pt 100 Resistance Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit for Type K Thermocouple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit for Type N Thermocouple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit for Type J Thermocouple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit for Type E Thermocouple . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parameters for ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit . . . . . . . Presentation of an Analog Input Value as Bit Pattern for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description of bits for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (Measuring Ranges: " 1.25 V, " 2.5 V, " 5 V, " 10 V) . . . . . . . . . . . Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (Measuring Range: " 20 mA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (Measuring Range: 0 ... 20 mA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (Measuring Range: 4 ... 20 mA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Presentation of an Analog Input Value as Bit Pattern for SIMATIC S7 with ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (Measuring Ranges: " 1.25 V, " 2.5 V, " 5 V and " 10 V) . . . . . . . Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (Measuring Range: " 20 mA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (Measuring Ranges: 0 to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parameters for ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 12 Bit . . . . . Substitute Value Output of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit on Interruption in Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Presentation of an Analog Input Value as Bit Pattern for ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Description of bits for ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-10 12-11 12-12 12-13 12-14 12-14 12-15 12-15 12-16 12-16 12-17 12-22 12-24 12-24 12-25 12-26 12-27 12-27 12-28 12-28 12-29 12-30 12-35 12-36 12-37 12-37 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Contents 12-32 12-33 12-34 12-35 A-1 A-2 A-3 A-4 A-5 A-6 A-7 A-8 A-9 A-10 A-11 A-12 A-13 A-14 B-1 B-2 Analog Output Signals of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (Ranges of Values: " 10 V, 0 ... 10 V, " 20 mA, 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Presentation of an Analog Input Value as Bit Pattern for SIMATIC S7 with ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (Output Ranges: " 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA) . . . . . . . . . . . . Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (Output Ranges: 0 to 10 V and " 10 V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Assignment of Bus Connector for ET 200 C Digital Modules, only SINEC L2-DP Connected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Assignment of Bus Connector for ET 200C Digital Modules, only Separate Power Supply Connected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Assignment of Bus Connector for ET 200C Digital Modules, SINEC L2-DP and Power Supply Combined in a Common Cable . . . . Pin Assignment, Inputs of ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V and ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0BX0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Assignment, Outputs of ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A, ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A and ET 200C; DI16/DO16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143- 0BL00-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Assignment, Inputs and Outputs of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Assignment for Load Voltage Supply, ET 200C Modules with Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Assignment, External Power Supply at PSU Feed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Assignment of Bus Connector for ET 200C Analog Modules, only SINEC L2-DP Connected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Assignment of Bus Connector for ET 200C Analog Modules, only Separate Power Supply Connected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Assignment of Bus Connector for ET 200C Analog Modules, SINEC L2-DP and Power Supply Combined in a Common Cable . . . . Pin Assignment, Inputs of ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Assignment, Inputs of ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pin Assignment, Outputs of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Designations of Type Files for ET 200C Digital Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . Designations of Type Files for ET 200C Analog Modules . . . . . . . . . . . ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 12-38 12-39 12-40 12-41 A-2 A-2 A-2 A-3 A-3 A-3 A-4 A-4 A-5 A-5 A-5 A-6 A-7 A-8 B-2 B-7 xvii Contents xviii ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 1 Configuration In this Chapter This chapter "Configuration" provides you with information on the position of the ET 200C distributed I/O station in the distributed I/O system and the components of the ET 200C. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 1-1 Configuration 1.1 What is the ET 200? Definition The distributed I/O system ET 200 is based on the PROFIBUS standard (DIN 19245, Part 1) and the PROFIBUS-DP draft standard (DIN 19245, Part 3). At SIEMENS, the PROFIBUS is called SINEC L2. The field bus on which the ET 200 distributed I/O system is based, is a variant of SINEC L2 called SINEC L2-DP. This version is designed for communication with the distributed I/O at extremely short response times. Stations Described in this Manual The distributed I/O system comprises active and passive stations, the SINEC L2-DP field bus and the SINEC L2 network components. The distributed I/O station is a slave station. + IM 308-B IM 308-C ET 200B ET 200C ET 200U Other field devices SINEC L2-DP Field Bus (2-wire or Fiber-Optic Cable) Figure 1-1 1-2 ET 200 Bus Users Described in this Manual ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Configuration 1.2 What is the ET 200C? Range of Modules The ET 200C Distributed I/O Station is part of the ET 200 Distributed I/O System. The ET 200C digital and analog modules each form a slave station. Digital Input Module DI 8 DC 24V 8DI Digital Output Module DO 8 DC 24V/0,5A 8DO Digital Output Module DO 8 DC 24V/2A 8DO/2A Digital Input/Output Module DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A Figure 1-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 16DI/16DO Analog Input Module AI 4/8 12 Bit 4/8AI Analog Input Module AI 4 12 Bit 4AI Analog Output Module AO 4 12 Bit 4AO ET 200C Digital and Analog Modules 1-3 Configuration What is the ET 200C?, Continued Other Components ET 200C also includes other components. Not all components may be necessary for operation: T-Connector Power Supply Connector (PS Conn.) Programmer Connector SVSV Einsp. PG Bus Cable 2-core Power Supply Cable Combined Bus/ Power-Supply Cable Terminating Resistor 3-core 5-core Adapter Cable Figure 1-3 Operating ET 200C Other ET 200C Components All ET 200C components can be addressed under the DP standard bus protocol. Note ET 200C can be operated with the following master interface modules and versions of COM ET 200: IM 308-B (revision level 5 or higher) and COM ET 200 (V4.0 or later, see Chapters 5 and 6), only in conjunction with ET 200C digital modules IM 308-C (revision level 1 or higher) and COM ET 200 Windows 1-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Configuration Characteristics of the ET 200C The ET 200C Distributed I/O Station has the following characteristics: Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 All components of the ET 200C (excluding adapter cables) are designed with degree of protection IP 66 and 67. However, IP 66 and IP 67 are only ensured if the installation rules in Section 4.1 are observed. Compact design ET 200C is ideal for applications where space is at a premium. A digital input module with T connector, for example, measures only 289 129 57 mm. An analog module with T connector measures a mere 289 101 57 mm. Connections - Digital inputs and/or digital outputs, analog inputs or analog outputs - Protective conductor connection for each input/output (digital modules only) - 2-wire and 3-wire proximity switches can be connected Electrical isolation between the SINEC L2-DP field bus and the process side of the ET 200C modules. Direct connection of programmer or ET 200 handheld possible (with adapter cable and programmer with programmer interface module CP5410-S5DOS/ST) - For setting the station number (digital modules require ET 200 handheld; analog modules by means of internal DIL switches or the ET 200 handheld) - For testing and startup - Diagnostics Diagnostics of the inputs/outputs for the following types of fault (can be switched off with COM ET 200) - Short-circuit/overload of the sensor supply or outputs - Wire break in sensor supply (except in DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A) or at the outputs - Load voltage of the outputs (digital modules only) A diagnostic report on defective inputs/outputs can also be output via the IM 308-B master interface module. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 1-5 Configuration Characteristics of the ET 200C (Continued) The digital modules have the following LEDs - RUN - BF (bus fault) - DIA (diagnostics of the inputs/outputs or undervoltage of the outputs) - UL in DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and DO 8 DC 24V/2A or UL1, UL2 in DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (load voltage supply of the outputs) - Status of the inputs/outputs or individual diagnostics The analog modules have the following LEDs - RUN - BF (bus fault) - DIA (diagnostics of the inputs/outputs) High data throughput: The bus accommodates, for example, the IM 308-C master interface and ten ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A distributed I/O stations each with 2-byte inputs/outputs. The baud rate is 12 Mbaud. The reaction time for a complete data cycle is thus 0.45 ms. The reaction time tDP for a data cycle is calculated as follows: tDP = A + (B + (number of I/O bytes Tbyte)) + (B + (number of I/O bytes Tbyte)) + ... + (B + (number of I/O bytes Tbyte)) [slave 1] [slave 2] [slave n] A, B, Tbyte = master-dependent constants Table 1-1 Maximum baud rates with components of ET 200C With master interface 1-6 ET 200C components Maximum baud rate IM 308-B All digital modules 1.500 kbaud IM 308-C All digital modules 12.000 kbaud IM 308-C All digital modules 1.500 kbaud ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Configuration Length of the SINEC L2 bus cable The following values apply for the SINEC L2 bus cable in accordance with the baud rate on the bus when configuring the ET 200C. Table 1-2 Length of the SINEC L2 Bus Cable in Accordance with the Baud Rate on the SINEC L2-DP Bus Baud rate Max. length of bus cable < 500 kbaud 500 m/segment 500 kbaud 400 m/segment 1500 kbaud 200 m/segment > 1500 kbaud 100 m/segment ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 1-7 Configuration 1-8 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b ET 200C Configuration Options In this Chapter 2 This chapter describes the configuration options offered to you by ET 200C. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 2-1 ET 200C Configuration Options 2.1 Overview of the ET 200C Configuration Options Configuration Options The table below contains the various configuration options made available by ET 200C. Table 2-1 ET 200C Configuration Options PS connector Configuration with power supply connector t Configuration without power supply pp y connector (each module has a separate power supply) 2-2 Configuration Described in Configuration with power supply connector and without T connector Section 2.1.1 Configuration with power supply connector and with T connector Section 2.1.2 Configuration with several power supply connectors (the level of expansion with one power supply connector is limited) Section 2.1.3 Configuration with programmer connector Section 2.1.5 Configuration without power supply connector Section 2.1.4 Configuration with programmer connector Section 2.1.5 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b ET 200C Configuration Options Legend for the Following Sections The ET 200C configuration options are described in the following sections by means of diagrams which are based on the following legend: T Connector Power Supply Connector PS SV conn. Programmer Connector PG Bus Cable PS Cable Bus Cable incl. PS Cable 2-core 3-core (see note) 5-core Terminating Resistor Adapter Cable Figure 2-1 Legend Note You will require a 3-core cable for the load voltage supply and the separate power supply connectors of the digital modules. You can, however, also use the prefabricated, 5-core cable from Siemens for the load voltage. Two of the conductors will then not be used in this case (see Section 3.11). ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 2-3 ET 200C Configuration Options 2.1.1 Configuration with Power Supply Connector without T Connector Definition In a configuration with looped field bus and power supply, the individual modules are connected directly to the field bus. The power supply is combined with the field bus in a single cable via the power supply connector. Advantage You do not need a T connector. The power supply is run over the bus cable, i.e. no external power supply is required for the slave station. Constraint If a slave station is disconnected from the bus, the "Bus traffic" is interrupted for slave stations located further down the line. Since there is then no terminating resistor available, bus traffic might be disturbed for slave stations still connected to the bus. The level of expansion using one power supply connector is limited (see Section 2.1.3). Cables Different types of cable can be used for the various configurations: Read Section 3.11 if you wish to use prefabricated cables from Siemens. Read Section 4.3 if you wish to prepare the cables yourself. 2-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b ET 200C Configuration Options Configuration A possible configuration with power supply connector and without T connector can be seen in Fig. 2-2: External Power Supply PS SV conn. 4/8AI SINEC L2-DP 4AO1) 8DO Load Voltage Supply Looped On 8DO External Load Voltage Supply 16DI/16DO Load Voltage Supply for Channel Group Q0 1) No separate load voltage supply is necessary for analog output modules Figure 2-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Load Voltage Supply for Channel Group Q1 SINEC L2-DP Field Bus and Power Supply Looped Through at ET 200C Slave Station 2-5 ET 200C Configuration Options Configuration with Power Supply Connector without T Connector, Continued Rules for the External Load Voltage Supply The maximum permissible current for the external load voltage supply is limited: Table 2-2 Permissible Current Load for Load Voltage Supply Digital module Total permissible current load ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A max. 4 A ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A Ambient temperature: -25 ... +25 C max. 10 A +26 ... +40 C max. 8 A +41 ... +60 C max. 4 A ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (outputs in groups of 4) Ambient temperature: -25 ... +25 C max. 3.5 A per group of 4 +26 ... +40 C max. 2.5 A per group of 4 +41 ... +60 C max. 1.5 A per group of 4 Note An external load voltage supply can only be looped via the digital output module DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A until the maximum current of 4 A is reached. The maximum current load of 4 A is not protected by means of a fuse in the module. 2-6 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b ET 200C Configuration Options 2.1.2 Configuration with Power Supply Connector and with T Connectors Definition In a configuration with power supply connector and T connectors, the individual modules are connected to the field bus by T connectors. The power supply is combined with the field bus in a single cable via the power supply connector. Advantage A slave station can be disconnected at any time from the bus without interrupting the "Bus traffic" for the remaining slave stations. The power supply is fed over the bus cable, i.e. no external power supply is required for the slave stations. Constraint The level of expansion with one power supply connector is limited (see Section 2.1.3). Cables Different types of cable can be used for the various configurations: Read Section 3.11 if you wish to use prefabricated cables from Siemens. Read Section 4.3 if you wish to prepare the cables yourself. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 2-7 ET 200C Configuration Options Configuration with Power Supply Connector and with T Connectors, Continued Configuration A possible configuration with power supply connector and with T connector can be seen in Fig. 2-3: External Power Supply PS SV conn. 4AI SINEC L2-DP 4AO1) 8DO Load Voltage Supply Looped On 8DO External Load Voltage Supply 16DI/16DO Load Voltage Supply for Channel Group Q0 1) No separate load voltage supply is necessary for analog output modules Figure 2-3 2-8 Load Voltage Supply for Channel Group Q1 SINEC L2-DP Field Bus and Power Supply Looped Through with T Connectors ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b ET 200C Configuration Options Rules for the External Load Voltage Supply The maximum permissible current for the external load voltage supply is limited: Table 2-3 Permissible Current Load for Load Voltage Supply Digital module Total permissible current load ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A max. 4 A ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A Ambient temperature: -25 ... +25 C max. 10 A +26 ... +40 C max. 8 A +41 ... +60 C max. 4 A ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (outputs in groups of 4) Ambient temperature: -25 ... +25 C max. 3.5 A per group of 4 +26 ... +40 C max. 2.5 A per group of 4 +41 ... +60 C max. 1.5 A per group of 4 Note An external load voltage supply can only be looped via the digital output module DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A until the maximum current of 4 A is reached. The maximum current load of 4 A is not protected by means of a fuse in the module. Rules for the T Connector Spur lines are not permitted on the ET 200C except for the programmer or the ET 200 handheld. This means that the 12-pin plug of the T connector is always secured directly to the bus connection of a module. 8DI Without Spur Line Figure 2-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 8DI With Spur Line Rule for Use of a T Connector 2-9 ET 200C Configuration Options 2.1.3 Configuration using Several Power Supply Connectors Constraint when Using One Power Supply Connector In the configurations using a power supply connector (see Sections 2.1.2 and 2.1.1), the power supply is fed over the bus cable. This design is limited by the following factors: If the power supply and the SINEC L2-DP field bus are combined in one cable, the following values apply for the length of the bus cable between the power supply connector and the last slave station connected: Table 2-4 Length of the Bus Cable, if SINEC L2-DP Field Bus and Power Supply are Combined in One Cable Current load Max. cable length <1A 80 m <2A 40 m <4A 20 m A maximum of 4 A can be looped via the power supply connector. The current consumption of the digital modules limits the number of digital modules that can be connected. Table 2-5 Current Consumption of the Digital Modules of ET 200C Digital module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V Current consumption comprises Power supply for internal logic and Sensor supply Current consumption typ. 135 mA application-specific (see Section 4.3.2) ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A Power supply for internal logic typ. 90 mA ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A Power supply for internal logic typ. 90 mA ET 200C; DI 16/DO16 DC 24V/2A Power supply for internal logic typ. 90 mA and Sensor supply application-specific (see Section 4.3.2) ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit Power supply for internal logic typ. 80 mA ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit Power supply for internal logic typ. 130 mA/ 24 V ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit Power supply for internal logic typ. 120 mA 2-10 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b ET 200C Configuration Options Remedy You are planning several power supply connectors per segment. A possible configuration with several power supply connectors can be seen in Fig. 2-5. External Power Supply PS SV conn. 8DI SINEC L2-DP1 8DI SINEC L2-DP External Power Supply PS SV conn. 8DO 8DO 1 In this case, you can use a 2 or 5-core cable. The 2 "left" connections for "External power supply" and "SINEC L2-DP" are not jumpered! Figure 2-5 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b External Load Voltage Supply Configuration using Several Power Supply Connectors 2-11 ET 200C Configuration Options 2.1.4 Configuration without Power Supply Connector Definition In a configuration with a separate power supply each slave station is supplied individually with current. This current supply may not be fed over the bus cable. The T connector for connecting SINEC L2-DP is essential for being able to loop the SINEC L2-DP field bus. Advantage The power supply is not run over the bus (2-core instead of 5-core cable). A slave station can be disconnected at any time from the bus without the "Bus traffic" being interrupted for slave stations further down the line, since the field bus is looped via the T connectors. Cables Different types of cable can be used for the various configurations: Read Section 3.11 if you wish to use prefabricated cables from Siemens. Read Section 4.3 if you wish to prepare the cables yourself. Note You must prepare the cables yourself for the load voltage supply of ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A or ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A and for separate power supplies (see Section 4.3). 2-12 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b ET 200C Configuration Options Configuration A possible configuration without power supply connector can be seen in Fig. 2-6. External Power Supply 4AI SINEC L2-DP External Power Supply Two-wire Cable (!!) 1) No separate load voltage supply is necessary for analog output modules 4AO1) External Power Supply 8DO External Power Supply 8DO External Load Voltage Supply External Power Supply 16DI/16DO Load Voltage Supply for Channel Group Q1 Figure 2-6 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b External Load Voltage Supply for Channel Group Q0 SINEC L2-DP Field Bus Looped Through with T Connectors - Individual External Power Supply to Each Slave Station 2-13 ET 200C Configuration Options Configuration without Power Supply Connector, Continued Rules for the External Load Voltage Supply The maximum permissible current for the external load voltage supply is limited: Table 2-6 Permissible Current Load for Load Voltage Supply Digital module Total permissible current load ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A Max. 4 A ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A Ambient temperature: -25 ... +25 C max. 10 A +26 ... +40 C max. 8 A +41 ... +60 C max. 4 A ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (outputs in groups of 4) Ambient temperature: -25 ... +25 C max. 3.5 A per group of 4 +26 ... +40 C max. 2.5 A per group of 4 +41 ... +60 C max. 1.5 A per group of 4 Note An external load voltage supply can only be looped via the digital output module DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A until the maximum current of 4 A is reached. The maximum current load of 4 A is not protected by means of a fuse in the module. Rules for the T Connector Spur lines are not permitted on the ET 200C except for the programmer or the ET 200 handheld. This means that the 12-pin plug of the T connector is always secured directly to the bus connection of a module. 8DI Without Spur Line Figure 2-7 2-14 8DI With Spur Line Rules for Use of a T Connector ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b ET 200C Configuration Options Rules for Current Connection ! Note the following rules for the external power supply: Caution Risk of destroying the ET 200C modules. Do not run the SINEC L2-DP bus and the external power supply together through an ET 200C module. If you did, the external power supply would be looped though the field bus to other ET 200C modules. This could cause the gradual destruction of the ET 200C modules. If you connect an external power supply to an ET 200C module, it is imperative to use only the 2-core bus cable for connecting the SINEC L2-DP. External Power Supply External Power Supply 8DI SINEC L2-DP 8DI SINEC L2-DP with Power Supply External Power Supply SINEC L2-DP 8DI SINEC L2-DP with Power Supply External Power Supply with Prefabricated Cable SINEC L2-DP Figure 2-8 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 8DI Rules for Current Connection 2-15 ET 200C Configuration Options 2.1.5 Configuration with Programmer Connector Definition If you want to connect the programmer to the SINEC L2-DP field bus within the IP 66/IP 67 landscape, you will need a programmer (PG) connector. Connection of the Programmer In order to connect the programmer to the programmer connector, you will require two connecting cables: Adapter cable (see Section 3.13) and Programmer connecting cable (Order No. 6XV1 830-1AH...) An ET 200 handheld cannot be connected to the programmer connector. It can only be plugged into the bus connection of a slave station (via the adapter cable). Connection of the ET 200 handheld is described in detail in Chapter 9.1. Configuration A possible configuration with a programmer connector can be seen in Fig. 2-9. IP 66/IP 67 World External Power Supply PS SV conn. PG 8DI SINEC L2-DP External Load Voltage Supply Adapter Cable 8DO/2A Programmer Connecting Cable 8DO External Load Voltage Supply 16DI/16DO IP 20 World Load Voltage Supply for Channel Group Q1 Figure 2-9 2-16 External Load Voltage Supply for Channel Group Q0 Configuration with Programmer Connector ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b ET 200C Configuration Options Rules for Connecting the Programmer Connector Both the 2-core and the 5-core cable can be connected to the programmer connector. A programmer connector can be placed anywhere on the SINEC L2-DP field bus. The following should be noted here: The programmer connector should not be located at the end of the bus cable, otherwise a terminating resistor cannot be fitted. You can place several programmer connectors on a bus. You can, however, only connect one programmer to one of the programmer connectors on the bus since the programmer is a station with the number 0. The following values apply for the length of the spur line in accordance with the baud rate on the SINEC L2-DP bus when connecting a programmer: Table 2-7 Length of the Spur Line of the Programmer Connection in Accordance with the Baud Rate on the SINEC L2-DP Bus Baud rate Max. length of the spur line < 500 kbaud Max. 32 3 m Max. 10 5 m Max. 1 10 m 1500 kbaud Max. 5 2 m (clearance of 3 m) or SINEC L2 bus terminal ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 2-17 ET 200C Configuration Options 2-18 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b ET 200C Components In this Chapter 3 All components of the ET 200C with their performance data and characteristics are described in this chapter. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 3-1 ET 200C Components 3.1 Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V (6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0) Characteristics The digital input module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V has the following characteristics: Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 (see Installation rules, Section 4.1) Choice of six different baud rates: 9.6; 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500; 1500; 3000; 6000 or 12000 kbaud The baud rates 3000, 6000 and 12000 kbaud are only possible when the module is operated with the IM 308-C (see Section 1.2). Channel-by-channel diagnostics of the inputs for wire breaks and short-circuit/overload of the sensor supply (can be switched off with COM ET 200, see Section 5.1.4). The diagnostics can be output via the IM 308-B master interface module. In addition, each diagnostic message causes the LED "DIA" or the respective individual diagnostics LED to light up. LEDs for - RUN - BF (bus fault) - DIA (diagnostics of the module) - Status of the inputs or individual diagnostics Attachment of the module without opening the cover (drill-hole template at the back of the manual) 3-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b ET 200C Components Connections The digital input module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V has the following connections: 8 input channels (4-conductor connection) 2 bus connections (12-pin socket) The 12-pin sockets can be used for several purposes: - To connect the SINEC L2-DP field bus - To connect the power supply - To connect the field bus and incorporated power supply The bus connections are interconnected internally. Figure 3-1 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V (6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0) 3-3 ET 200C Components 3.2 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A (6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0) Characteristics The digital output module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A has the following characteristics: Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 (see Installation rules, Section 4.1) Output current per channel: 0.5 A Choice of nine different baud rates: 9.6, 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500; 1500; 3000; 6000 and 12000 kbaud The baud rates 3000, 6000 and 12000 kbaud can only be used if the module is operated with the IM 308-C (see Section 1.2). Channel-by-channel diagnostics of the outputs for wire break and short-circuit/overload and load voltage of the outputs (can be switched off with COM ET 200, see Section 5.1.4). The diagnostics can be output via the IM 308-B master interface module. In addition, each diagnostic message causes the LED "DIA" or the respective individual diagnostics LED to light up. LEDs for - RUN - BF (bus fault) - DIA (diagnostics of the outputs) - UL (load voltage supply of the outputs) - Status of the outputs or individual diagnostics Attachment of the module without opening the cover (drill-hole template at the back of the manual) 3-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b ET 200C Components Connections The digital output module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A has the following connections: 8 output channels (three-conductor connection) 2 bus connections (12-pin socket) The 12-pin sockets can be used for several purposes: - to connect the SINEC L2-DP field bus - to connect the power supply - to connect the field bus and incorporated power supply The bus connections are interconnected internally. 2 connections for external load voltage supply: - 6-pin male connector for feeding load voltage supply - 6-pin socket for looping the load voltage supply The load voltage connections are interconnected internally, i.e. the load voltage supply can be looped via the digital output module provided a total current of 4 A is not exceeded. Figure 3-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A (6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0) 3-5 ET 200C Components 3.3 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0) Characteristics The digital output module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A has the following characteristics: Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 (see Installation rules, Section 4.1) Output current per channel: 2 A Choice of nine different baud rates: 9.6, 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500; 1500; 3000; 6000 and 12000 kbaud The baud rates 3000, 6000 and 12000 kbaud can only be used if the module is operated with the IM 308-C (see Section 1.2). Channel-by-channel diagnostics of the outputs for wire break and short-circuit/overload and load voltage of the outputs (can be switched off with COM ET 200, see Section 5.1.4). The diagnostics can be output via the IM 308-B master interface module. In addition, each diagnostic message causes the LED "DIA" or the respective individual diagnostics LED to light up. LEDs for - RUN - BF (bus fault) - DIA (diagnostics of the outputs) - UL (load voltage supply of the outputs) - Status of the outputs or individual diagnostics Attachment of the module without opening the cover (drill-hole template at the back of the manual) 3-6 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b ET 200C Components Connections The digital output module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A has the following connections: 8 output channels (three-conductor connection) 2 bus connections (12-pin socket) The 12-pin sockets can be used for several purposes: - to connect the SINEC L2-DP field bus - to connect the power supply - to connect the field bus and incorporated power supply The bus connections are interconnected internally. 1 connection for external load voltage supply (6-pin male connector) The load voltage supply cannot be looped if the ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A is used. Figure 3-3 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0) 3-7 ET 200C Components 3.4 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 (6ES 143-0BL00-0XB0 and 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0) Characteristics DC 24V The digital input/output module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 following characteristics: DC 24V has the Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 (see Installation rules, Section 4.1) Two versions of the module are available with different connection systems for the input/output channels: with circular connectors 6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0 with cable gland and conduit thread 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0 Output current per channel: 2 A Choice of nine different baud rates: 9.6, 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500; 1500; 3000; 6000 and 12000 kbaud The baud rates 3000, 6000 and 12000 kbaud can only be used if the module is operated with the IM 308-C (see Section 1.2). Diagnostics for 4 outputs of a channel group for wire break, short-circuit/overload and load voltage of the outputs (LED "DIA" for output x.0 to x.3, LED "DIA" for output x.4 to x.7; x = 0.1). Diagnostics for 4 inputs of a channel group for wire break, short-circuit/overload of the sensor supply (LED "DIA" for input x.0 to x.3, LED "DIA" for input x.4 to x.7; x = 0.1). The diagnostics can be output via the IM 308-B master interface module. Diagnostics can be switched off with COM ET 200 by means of the parameterization telegram (see Section 5.1.2). LEDs for - RUN - BF (bus fault) - DIA (group diagnostics for 4 inputs and 4 outputs) - Load voltage monitoring (UL1, UL2) - Status of the inputs/outputs Attachment of the module without opening the cover (drill-hole template at the back of the manual) Replaceable labelling strips (order no. 6ES7 790-2CA11, 5 labelling strips on one DIN A4 sheet) 3-8 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b ET 200C Components Connections The digital output module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V has the following connections: 16 input channels, non-floating (four-conductor connection) 16 output channel, floating in groups of 8 channels 2 bus connections (12-pin socket) The 12-pin sockets can be used for several purposes: - to connect the SINEC L2-DP field bus - to connect the power supply - to connect the field bus and incorporated power supply The bus connections are interconnected internally. 2 connections for external load voltage supply (6-pin male connector) There is a separate load voltage connection for each channel group (Q0, Q1). The load voltage cannot be looped via the digital input/output module. Sockets for Connecting SINEC L2-DP Male Connector for Feeding the Load Voltage Supply for Q0 Male Connector for Feeding the Load Voltage Supply for Q1 Figure 3-4 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V with Circular Connector (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0) ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 3-9 ET 200C Components Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V (6ES 143-0BL00-0XB0 and 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0), Continued Sockets for Connecting SINEC L2-DP Male Connector for the Load Voltage Supply Input for Q0 Male Connector for the Load Voltage Supply Input for Q1 Figure 3-5 3-10 Digital I/O Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V with Conduit Thread Glands (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0) ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b ET 200C Components 3.5 Analog Input Module ET 200C; AI 4/8 (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0) Characteristics 12 Bit The analog input module ET 200C; AI 4/8 characteristics: 12 bit has the following Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 (see Installation Rules, Section 4.1) Choice of the following baud rates: 9.6; 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500 and 1500 kbaud Measuring principle: voltage-frequency conversion (integrating) Measuring range selectable separately for each channel group - " 80 mV - " 250 mV - " 500 mV - " 1000 mV - thermocouples (types N, K, T, U, J, L, E) - Resistance thermometers (Pt100/Ni100) The analog input module ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 bit is suitable for either two-wire or four-wire connection. This means that the measuring range can be set only on the basis of channel groups. Channel diagnostics of inputs for wire break, range overshoot, common-mode voltage overshoot, short-circuit and parameterization error (can be switched off with COM ET 200, see Section 5.1.4). Channel diagnostics can be evaluated only via the IM 308-C master interface. Each diagnostics message causes the "DIA" LED to light up. LEDs for - RUN - BF (bus fault) - DIA (module diagnostics) No need to open the cover to secure the module (see drill-hole templates at the back of the manual). ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 3-11 ET 200C Components Analog Input Module ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0), Continued Connections The analog input module ET200C; AI 4/8 12 bit has the following connections: 8 input channels for thermocouples and voltage sensors (2-wire) or 4 input channels (4-wire) 2 bus connectors (12-pin socket) The 12-pin sockets can be used for: - connecting to the SINEC L2-DP field bus - connecting to the power supply - connecting to the combined field bus and power supply cable The bus connectors are linked internally. Figure 3-6 3-12 Analog Input Module ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0) ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b ET 200C Components 3.6 Analog Input Module ET 200C; AI 4 (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0) Characteristics 12 Bit The analog input module ET 200C; AI 4 characteristics: 12 bit has the following Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 (see Installation Rules, Section 4.1) Choice of the following baud rates: 9.6; 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500 and 1500 kbaud Measuring principle: momentary value encryption (successive approximation) Measuring range selectable separately for each channel group - " 1.25 V - " 2.5 V - " 5V - " 10 V - " 20 mA - 0 ... 20 mA - 4 ... 20 mA Channel diagnostics of inputs for range overshoot and parameterization error (can be switched off with COM ET 200, see Section 5.1.4). Channel diagnostics can be evaluated only via the IM 308-C master interface. Each diagnostics message causes the "DIA" LED to light up. LEDs for - RUN - BF (bus fault) - DIA (module diagnostics) No need to open the cover to secure the module (see drill-hole templates at the back of the manual). ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 3-13 ET 200C Components Analog Input Module ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0), Continued Connections The analog input module ET200C; AI 4 12 bit has the following connections: 4 input channels (2-wire) 2 bus connectors (12-pin socket) The 12-pin sockets can be used for: - connecting to the SINEC L2-DP field bus - connecting to the power supply - connecting to the combined field bus and power supply cable The bus connectors are linked internally. Figure 3-7 3-14 Analog Input Module ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0) ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b ET 200C Components 3.7 Analog Output Module ET 200C; AO 4 (6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0) Characteristics 12 Bit The analog output module ET 200C; AO 4 characteristics: 12 bit has the following Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 (see Installation Rules, Section 4.1) Choice of the following baud rates: 9.6; 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500 and 1500 kbaud Output ranges selectable separately for each channel group - " 10 V - 0 ... 10 V - " 20 mA - 0 ... 20 mA - 4 ... 20 mA Channel diagnostics of outputs for wire break, range overshoot, common-mode voltage overshoot, short-circuit and parameterization error (can be switched off with COM ET 200, see Section 5.1.4). Channel diagnostics can be evaluated only via the IM 308-C master interface. Each diagnostics message causes the "DIA" LED to light up. LEDs for - RUN - BF (bus fault) - DIA (module diagnostics) No need to open the cover to secure the module (see drill-hole templates at the back of the manual). ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 3-15 ET 200C Components Analog Output Module ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0), Continued Connections The analog output module ET200C; AO 4 12 bit has the following connections: 4 output channels 2 bus connectors (12-pin socket) The 12-pin sockets can be used for: - connecting to the SINEC L2-DP field bus - connecting to the power supply - connecting to the combined field bus and power supply cable The bus connectors are linked internally. Figure 3-8 3-16 Analog Output Module ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0) ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b ET 200C Components 3.8 T Connector (6ES5 762-2CT11) Application You need a T connector for the following configurations: Configuration with power supply connector and with T connectors (see Section 2.1.2) Configuration with external current supply (see Section 2.1.4) This means that the SINEC L2-DP field bus can also continue operating if a slave station connected via a T connector is disconnected. Characteristics The T connector has the following characteristics: Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 (see Installation rules, Section 4.1) Choice of following baud rates: 9.6; 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500; 1500; 3000; 6000 or 12000 kbaud The baud rates 3000, 6000 and 12000 kbaud are only possible when the module is operated with the IM 308-C (see Section 1.2). Connections A T connector has 3 bus connections: Two 12-pin sockets One 12-pin male connector The T connector is attached to the bus connection of an ET 200C module via the 12-pin male connector. Both bus connections of the ET 200C module can be used. The bus connection can be used for several purposes (see digital modules). Figure 3-9 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b T Connector 3-17 ET 200C Components 3.9 Power Supply Connector (6ES5 762-2CS11) Application The power supply connector is used to combine the SINEC L2-DP field bus and the external power supply. Characteristics The power supply connector has the following characteristics: Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 (see Installation rules, Section 4.1); Choice of following baud rates: 9.6; 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500; 1500; 3000; 6000 or 12000 kbaud Baud rates 3000, 6000 and 12000 kbaud are possible only for operation with the IM 308-C and the digital modules (see Section 1.2). Loadable with a maximum of 4 A input current. This limits the number of digital input modules that can be connected (see Section 2.1.3). Does not represent a bus node with station number Attachment without opening the cover (drill-hole template at the back of the manual). Connections The power supply connector has the following connections: Connection for "Incoming" SINEC L2-DP field bus (12-pin socket) Connection for "Incoming" external power supply (6-pin male connector) Connection for "Outgoing" SINEC L2-DP field bus with power supply (12-pin socket) Grounding screw for connection of PE Figure 3-10 3-18 Power Supply Connector ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b ET 200C Components 3.10 Programmer Connector (6ES5 762-2CA12) Application A programmer connector is used to connect the programmer within the IP 66/IP 67 environment to the SINEC L2-DP bus. Characteristics The programmer connector has the following characteristics: Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 (see Installation rules, Section 4.1) Choice of following baud rates: 9.6; 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500; 1500; 3000; 6000 or 12000 kbaud Baud rates 3000, 6000 and 12000 kbaud are possible only for operation with the IM 308-C and the digital modules (see Section 1.2). Can be placed anywhere on the bus (exception: the programmer connector may not be attached to the ends of the bus cable, since there is then no space for the terminating resistor). Does not represent a bus node with station number Attachment without opening the cover (drill-hole template at the back of the manual). Connections A programmer connector has three bus connections: Connection for "Incoming" SINEC L2-DP field bus (possibly with power supply) (12-pin socket) Connection for "Outgoing" SINEC L2-DP field bus (possibly with power supply) (12-pin socket) Connection for adapter cable (see Section 3.13) to the programmer (12-pin socket) Figure 3-11 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Programmer Connector 3-19 ET 200C Components 3.11 Cables Types of Cables The ET 200C can be used in various configurations for which you require the correct cables. The following types of cable are available. Table 3-1 ET 200C Cables Number of Cores Application 2 SINEC L2-DP field bus, power supply is not incorporated 5 For SINEC L2-DP field bus and power supply in one cable or For feeding the power supply to the power connector or For external load voltage supply. Versions Various different cables are available from SIEMENS for the ET 200C. All of the cables are available precut and terminated at both ends, one end or not at all with 12-pin male connector for SINEC L2-DP bus connection and/or power supply and/or with 6-pin connection for load voltage supply. You can, however, also prepare the cables yourself. The necessary information can be found in Section 4.3. Note All prefabricated cables have a core cross-sectional area of 0.75 mm2 for a maximum current load of 4 A. You will require cables with a minimum core cross-sectional area of 2.5 mm2 for the load voltage supply of ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A and ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A. You must prepare these cables yourself. You must also prepare the cable for feeding separate power supplies yourself. 3-20 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b ET 200C Components Order numbers Table 3-2 The following table contains the order numbers for standard cable lengths: Order Numbers for Standard Cable Lengths (Core Cross-Sectional Area 0.75 mm2/Max. Current Load 4 A) Description Cable (standard sheath) Cable (non-welding sheath) 5-core cable (not prefabricated) 6ES5 717-11 6ES5 718-11 5-core cable, prefabricated at one end (6-pin circular socket) 6ES5 717-21 6ES5 718-21 5-core cable, prefabricated at both ends (6-pin circular socket/6-pin circular connector) 6ES5 717-31 6ES5 718-31 5-core cable, prefabricated at one end (12-pin circular connector)1 6ES5 717-61 6ES5 718-61 5-core cable, prefabricated at both ends (12-pin circular connector) 6ES5 717-71 6ES5 718-71 Length 0.5 m 1m 2m 5m 10 m 1 AB4 BB0 BC0 BF0 CB0 AB4 BB0 BC0 BF0 CB0 Do not use for feeding the power supply separately (as bus cable is connected may cause interference on the bus) If you require cables of a different length, you can order these using Z numbers. Specify the order number and the desired length, e.g. 6ES5 717-1AA01-Z 3.50 m. Table 3-3 1 Order Numbers for Standard Cable Lengths (Core Cross-Sectional Area 0.75 mm2/Max. Current Load 4 A) Description Cable (standard sheath) Cable (non-welding sheath) 5-core cable (not prefabricated) 6ES5 717-1AA01-Z 6ES5 718-1AA01-Z 5-core cable, prefabricated at one end (6-pin circular socket) 6ES5 717-2AA01-Z 6ES5 718-2AA01-Z 5-core cable, prefabricated at both ends (6-pin circular socket/6-pin circular connector) 6ES5 717-3AA01-Z 6ES5 718-3AA01-Z 5-core cable, prefabricated at one end (12-pin circular connector)1 6ES5 717-6AA01-Z 6ES5 718-6AA01-Z 5-core cable, prefabricated at both ends (12-pin circular connector) 6ES5 717-7AA01-Z 6ES5 718-7AA01-Z Do not use for feeding the power supply separately (as bus cable is connected may cause interference on the bus) ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 3-21 ET 200C Components 3.12 Terminating Resistor (6ES5 755-2CA11) Application A bus cable must always be terminated at both ends with a terminating resistor. On the ET 200C, the terminating resistor is screwed onto a 12-pin socket. The terminating resistor can be screwed onto the bus connection of: Digital and analog modules, or T connector Characteristics The terminating resistor has Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 (see Installation rules, Section 4.1) Figure 3-12 3-22 Terminating Resistor ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b ET 200C Components 3.13 Adapter Cable (6ES5 755-8CA11) Application The adapter cable is required for connecting the programmer (with programmer interface module CP5410-S5DOS/ST) or the ET 200 handheld to the ET 200C. The programmer or the ET 200 handheld are required for Setting the station number (digital modules only with ET 200 handheld, anlog modules optionally with ET200 handheld) Test and startup Diagnostics functions Characteristics The adapter cable has the following characteristics: Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 (see Installation rules, Section 4.1) only at the end with the IP 66/IP 67 bus connector Choice of following baud rates: 9.6; 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500; 1500; 3000; 6000 or 12000 kbaud The baud rates 3000, 6000 and 12000 kbaud are only possible when operating with the IM 308-C and digital modules (see Section 1.2). Connections The adapter cable has the following connections: Bus connector in IP 20 (9-pin connector) Bus connector in IP 66/IP 67 (12-pin connector) In order to connect the programmer, you also require the programmer connecting cable. Figure 3-13 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Adapter Cable 3-23 ET 200C Components 3-24 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation In this Chapter 4 This chapter describes the mechanical and electrical installation of the ET 200C. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 4-1 Mechanical and Electrical Installation 4.1 Installation of ET 200C Rules Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 can be guaranteed for the ET 200C modules only under the following conditions: The surfaces on which the ET 200C modules are mounted must be flat (no tensions) All unused connections must always be sealed with the plastic caps supplied (inputs/outputs only) or metal caps. IP 66/IP 67 is not guaranteed if the transparent caps for transport are used. Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 Bear the following in mind with regard to degree of protection IP 66/IP 67: Installation The ET 200C modules can be installed in any position and inclined at any angle. Before startup, check the security of all metal and plastic seals on the ET 200C distributed I/O station. Note the minimum distances between ET 200C modules and cable ducts: Table 4-1 Distances between ET 200C Modules and Cable Ducts Between ET 200C module and cable duct ... Distance .... no T connector is installed 10 cm ... a T connector is installed 5 cm Captive M4 securing screws are used. You will require a 3.0 mm wrench for socket-head screws to DIN 911 for installation and removal. Use the drill-hole templates at the back of this manual to install the ET 200C modules. Secure each module to a flat surface or carrier using two M4 screws. 4-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation 4.2 Electrical Wiring of the ET 200C Distributed I/O Station Introduction Both grounded and ungrounded configurations are possible. The following two sections include a circuit example for Grounded configuration and Ungrounded configuration. The text contains code numbers, which are references to the respective diagram. Note We recommend the grounded configuration for analog modules. This configuration provides additional protection against electromagnetic interference. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 4-3 Mechanical and Electrical Installation 4.2.1 Grounded Configuration Definition In a grounded configuration, the ground and PE potentials are connected. Rules For the grounded configuration, the following must be taken into account: You must provide a main switch (1) according to VDE 0100 for the ET 200C modules, the sensors and the actuators. You need a fuse (2) for the mains connection of the load power supply unit. Use a Siemens load power supply unit of the 6EV1 series (see Catalog ET 1) for power supply and load voltage supply. If you use any other load power supply (24 V DC), note that the voltage must be in the range of 20 V DC to 30 V DC (including ripple). The load power supply must generate a functional extra-low voltage with protective separation in accordance with VDE 0106, Part 101. If you use a switched-mode power supply, you will need a back-up capacitor (with a rating of 200 F per 1 A load current) (3). You should provide in secondary circuit a connection (4) to the protective conductor on the load power supply (terminal M). You need a main power fuse to protect the supply voltage (5). For both grounded and ungrounded configurations, use a low-resistance conductor to connect the protective ground (PE) terminal of the ET 200C modules (digital and analog modules, power supply connector, programmer connector) to the protective ground conductor or the chassis ground (machine ground) (6). The right-hand side of the power supply connector features a screw for connecting the protective ground conductor. PE is looped in via the power supply connector. In addition, the protective ground conductor must be connected to the PE pin in the 12-pin round connector or 6-pin round connector. PE pin and housing are linked internally. All machine parts must be grounded. Use a minimum cross-section of 10 mm2 for equipotential bonding and ground connections! 4-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation Configuration The grounded configuration for the ET 200C is shown below. L1 L2 L3 N PE (1) (2) (4) (3) M L+ (5) L+ M M PE PE Connection for Grounded Configuration PS Conn. L+ M ET PE 200C (6) I/O L+ M ET PE 200C I/O M Figure 4-1 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b L+ PE Sensor/ Actuator PE Sensor/ Actuator Grounded Configuration for ET 200C with 24 V DC Current/Load Voltage Supply 4-5 Mechanical and Electrical Installation 4.2.2 Ungrounded Configuration Definition In an ungrounded configuration, there is no connection between the load power supply (M terminal) and the protective ground conductor (PE). The protective ground conductor loses its protective function. The internal design of the digital and analog modules is such that the supply voltage is connected to the protective ground conductor through a capacitor, in order to dissipate high-frequency interference. Rules For the ungrounded configuration, the following must be taken into account: You must provide a main switch (1) according to VDE 0100 for the ET 200C modules, the sensors and the actuators. You need a fuse (2) for the mains connection of the load power supply unit. Use a Siemens load power supply unit of the 6EV1 series (see Catalog ET 1) for power supply and load voltage supply. If you use any other load power supply (24 V DC), note that the voltage must be in the range of 20 V DC to 30 V DC (including ripple). The load power supply must generate a functional extra-low voltage with protective separation in accordance with VDE 0106, Part 101. If you use a switched-mode power supply, you will need a back-up capacitor (with a rating of 200 F per 1 A load current) (3). You need a main power fuse to protect the supply voltage (5). For both grounded and ungrounded configurations, use a low-resistance conductor to connect the protective ground (PE) terminal of the ET 200C modules (digital modules, power supply connector, programmer connector) to the protective ground conductor or the chassis ground (mache ground) (6). The right-hand side of the power supply connector features a screw for connecting the protective ground conductor. PE is looped in via the power supply connector. In addition, the protective ground conductor must be connected to the PE pin in the 12-pin round connector or 6-pin round connector. PE pin and housing are linked internally. You must provide insulation monitoring to ground with voltage clamping (7). ! Warning The ungrounded configuration can be neutralized by grounded machine parts and grounded electrical devices. Example: A grounded sensor or actuator links the PE protective ground to the M potential of the control system. 4-6 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation Configuration The ungrounded configuration for the ET 200C is shown below. L1 L2 L3 N PE (1) (2) (3) (7) >U M L+ (5) L+ M M PE PE PS Conn. L+ M ET PE 200C (6) I/O L+ M ET PE 200C Sensor/ Actuator I/O M Figure 4-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b L+ Sensor/ Actuator Ungrounded Configuration for ET 200C 4-7 Mechanical and Electrical Installation 4.3 Wiring of the ET 200C Introduction Prefabricated cables are available from Siemens for the bus connection and the power/load voltage supply (see section 3.10). If you use prefabricated cables, you do not have to read the following section. Note All prefabricated cables have a core cross-sectional area of 0.75 mm2 for a maximum current load of 4 A. You will require cables with a minimum core cross-sectional area of 2.5 mm2 for the load voltage supply of ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A and ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A. You must prepare these cables yourself. You must also prepare the cable for feeding separate power supplies yourself. Read the following instructions if you wish to prepare the cables yourself. Circular Connectors/ Sockets You will require 6-pin and 12-pin circular connectors/sockets for connecting the bus, power supply and the load voltage supply. The following table contains the order numbers for 6-pin and 12-pin circular connectors: Table 4-2 Order Numbers for Circular Connectors Round connector/socket Order number 6-pin connector with a socket insert (not prefabricated) 6ES5 760-2CA11 6-pin connector with pin insert (not prefabricated) 6ES5 760-2CA21 12-pin connector with pin insert (not prefabricated) 6ES5 760-2CB11 You will require 5-pin circular connectors with pin inserts and M12 external thread to connect the inputs/outputs of the following modules: ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0) 4-8 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation The corresponding 5-pin circular connectors with pin inserts are available from companies such as Kostal or Lumberg. Rules: Circular Connectors/ Sockets The following applies for all connections to circular connectors: Remove the cable insulation so that the screw is tightly held by the clamping ring in the circular connector. Always use the same core color for the same signal. For the green/red SINEC L2 cable, for example, always connect the green wire to terminal A and the red wire to terminal B. Conduit-Thread Glands The inputs/outputs of the ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0) ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0) ET 200C; AI 4 12 bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0) ET 200C; AO 4 12 bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0) are connected by means of cable glands which carry the cable through the housing and into the module. Connect the cables as indicated by the labels on the terminals (see Section 4.3.4). The inputs/outputs have conduit threads in order to secure the signal lines and to ensure that the appropriate degree of protection is provided in accordance with IP 66/IP 67. Rules: Conduit-Thread Glands The cables for ET 200C modules with conduit thread glands must comply with the following specifications: Digital modules: 8 mm cable (PG 9 conduit thread) Analog modules: 4.5 ... 6 mm cable (e.g. 4 0.25 mm2 or 2 0.34 mm2) ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 4-9 Mechanical and Electrical Installation 4.3.1 Wiring of the Bus Connection Note The bus connection is a 12-pin socket of the ET 200C module. Introduction The following ET 200C modules have a bus connection: Digital modules (2 bus connections) Analog modules (2 bus connections) T connector (2 bus connections - a 3rd bus connection is screwed directly onto the ET 200C module) Power supply connector (2 bus connections, 1 SINEC L2-DP, 1 power supply and SINEC L2-DP together) Programmer connector (3 bus connections) 8DI PS SV Conn. 8DO PG 8DO/2A 16DI/16DO 4AI 4/8AI 4AO Figure 4-3 Bus Connections of the ET 200C Modules All ET 200C modules have a socket as bus connection, i.e. a plug connector must be used for all cables as connector. 4-10 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation Connection Options The SINEC L2-DP and power supply can be connected in one of three ways: SINEC L2-DP only connected to the bus connection Power supply only connected to the bus connection SINEC L2-DP and power supply connected to a bus connection. ! Connecting only SINEC L2-DP Warning If you connect an external power supply to a bus connection, It is only permissible to connect the 2-core (!) SINEC L2 bus cable to the second bus connection. It is only permissible to connect the 2-core (!) SINEC L2 bus cable where a T connector is used. If you only wish to connect the SINEC L2-DP bus, you will require 12-pin circular connectors SINEC L2 2-core cable Connect the circular connectors in accordance with the following table: Table 4-3 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Pin Assignment of the Bus Connection where only the SINEC L2-DP is Connected Pin Assignment Pin Assignment 1 reserved 7 reserved 2 A (green) 8 reserved 3 reserved 9 reserved 4 B (red) 10 reserved 5 reserved 11 reserved 6 reserved 12 reserved 4-11 Mechanical and Electrical Installation Wiring of the Bus Connection, Continued Connecting only power supply If you only wish to connect the power supply, you require 12-pin circular connectors 3-core cable with a diameter of 6 to 10 mm. Connect the circular connectors in accordance with the following table: Table 4-4 Connecting SINEC L2-DP and Power Supply Pin Assignment of the Bus Connection where only the Power Supply is Connected Pin Assignment Pin Assignment 1 reserved 7 P 24 V 2 reserved 8 M 24 V 3 reserved 9 PE 4 reserved 10 reserved 5 reserved 11 reserved 6 reserved 12 reserved If you combine the SINEC L2-DP bus and the power supply in a single cable, you will require 12-pin circular plugs 5-core cable with a diameter of 6 to 10 mm. Table 4-5 Sealing of Unused Connections 4-12 Pin Assignment of the Bus Connection if SINEC L2-DP and Power Supply are Connected Pin Assignment Pin Assignment 1 reserved 7 P 24 V 2 A (green) 8 M 24 V 3 reserved 9 PE 4 B (red) 10 reserved 5 reserved 11 reserved 6 reserved 12 reserved Connections which are not required must be sealed using the enclosed metal caps. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation 4.3.2 Wiring of ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V (6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0) Connecting Inputs To wire the inputs you will require 5-pin circular plugs Flexible 4-core Cu cables with a minimum core cross-section of 0.75 mm2. Connect the inputs in accordance with the pin assignment in the following table. Table 4-6 1 Sealing of Unused Inputs Pin Assignment of the Inputs of ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V (6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0) Pin Input 1 24 V DC1 2 Free 3 Ground 4 Signal 5 PE View 1 2 5 4 3 View: Mating Side The module supplies this 24 V DC at pin 1 as the voltage supply for the connected sensors. Inputs which are not required must be sealed using the enclosed twist caps. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 4-13 Mechanical and Electrical Installation Wiring of ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V (6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0), Continued Return Sensor Supply to Inputs The following must be noted if you feed the sensor supply of an input directly to an input ("Read back output" function): If no load is connected, - the diagnostics for the sensor supply must be disconnected in the COM ET 200 (see Section 5.1.4) or - a resistor (2.4 kW) must be connected to ground at the input for wire-break recognition. Wire-Break Recognition with 2.4-kW Resistor Output Input 2,4 kW Figure 4-4 Sensor Supply Returned to Input without Load If a load is connected, only a wire break on the connection to the load will be recognized. The connection between the sensor supply and the input cannot be monitored for wire breaks. Wire-Break Recognition with Load Output Input Load Figure 4-5 4-14 Wire-Break Recognition not Possible Sensor Supply Returned to Input with Load ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation 4.3.3 Wiring of ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A (6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0) and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0) Connecting Outputs To wire the outputs you will require 5-pin circular plugs Flexible 3-core Cu cables with a minimum core cross-section of 0.75 mm2. Connect the outputs in accordance with the pin assignments in the table below. Table 4-7 Sealing of Unused Outputs Pin Assignments of the Outputs of ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A (6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0) and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0) Pin Output 1 Free 2 Free 3 Ground 4 Signal 5 PE View 1 2 5 4 3 View: Mating Side Outputs which are not required must be sealed using the enclosed twist caps. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 4-15 Mechanical and Electrical Installation Wiring of ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A (6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0) and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0), Continued Return Outputs to Inputs If you run an output or sensor supply input directly to an input ("Read back output" function), you must take the following into account: If no load is connected, - the diagnostics for the output or sensor supply must be disconnected in the COM ET 200 (see section 5.1.4) or - a resistor (2.4 kW) must be connected to ground at the input for wire-break recognition. Wire-Break Recognition with 2.4 kW Resistor Output Input 2.4 kW Figure 4-6 Output Returned to Input without Load If a load is connected, a wire break is only recognized on the connection to the load. The output input connection can not be monitored for wire-break. Wire-Break Recognition with Load Output Input Load Figure 4-7 4-16 No Wire-Break Recognition Possible Output Returned to Input with Load ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation 4.3.4 Wiring of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0) Connecting Inputs/Outputs To wire the inputs/outputs you will require 5-pin circular plugs Flexible 3-core Cu cables with a minimum core cross-section of 0.75 mm2. Connect the inputs in accordance with the pin assignments in the following table. Table 4-8 1 Pin Assignments of the Inputs of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0) Pin Input 1 24 V DC1 2 Free 3 Ground 4 Signal 5 PE View 1 2 5 4 3 View: Mating Side The module supplies this 24 V DC at pin 1 as the voltage supply for the connected sensors. Connect the outputs in accordance with the pin assignments in the following table. Table 4-9 Sealing of Unused Inputs/Outputs Pin Assignments of the Outputs of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0) Pin Input 1 Free 2 Free 3 Ground 4 Signal 5 PE View 1 2 5 4 3 Vi M ti Side Sid View: Mating Seal all unused inputs/outputs with the screw caps supplied. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 4-17 Mechanical and Electrical Installation Wiring of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 Continued Return Outputs to Inputs DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0), If you run an output or sensor supply input directly to an input ("Read back output" function), you must take the following into account: If no load is connected, - the diagnostics for the output or sensor supply must be disconnected in the COM ET 200 (see section 5.1.4) or - a resistor (2.4 kW) must be connected to ground at the input for wire-break recognition. Wire-Break Recognition with 2.4 kW Resistor Output Input 2.4 kW Figure 4-8 Output Returned to Input without Load If a load is connected, a wire break is only recognized on the connection to the load. The output input connection can not be monitored for wire-break. Wire-Break Recognition with Load Output Input Load Figure 4-9 4-18 No Wire-Break Recognition Possible Output Returned to Input with Load ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation 4.3.5 Wiring of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0) Connecting Inputs and Outputs Connect the signal lines to the screw terminals in the module. Proceed as follows: 1. Open the module using a screwdriver. 2. Unscrew the conduit thread slightly, remove the seal and pull the signal lines through the threaded joint. 3. Strip the signal lines and crimp the ends with wire end ferrules. 4. Connect the lines to the labelled, numbered terminals. 5. Pull the lines taught and tighten the conduit thread. 6. Fill in the labelling strips on the front of the module. 7. Close the module using a screwdriver. Terminal Assignments Connect the signal lines in accordance with the terminal assignments in the following table. Table 4-10 Sealing of Unused Inputs/Outputs Connection Assignments of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0) Terminal Assignment I0.0 ... I0.7 I0: Input .0 ... .7 I1.0 ... I1.7 I1: Input .0 ... .7 Q0.0 ... Q0.7 Q0: Output .0 ... .7 Q1.0 ... Q1.7 Q1: Output .0 ... .7 24V 24 V DC (sensor supply) 0V Ground (sensor supply) PE PE M1 Ground (UL1) M2 Ground (UL2) Inputs/outputs which are not required must be sealed using the screw-type seals. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 4-19 Mechanical and Electrical Installation Wiring of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0), Continued Arrangement of the screw terminals Figure 4-10 shows the arrangement of the screw terminals of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0) 24V I0.0 0V PE 24V I0.2 0V PE 24V I0.4 0V PE 24V I0.8 0V PE 24V I1.0 0V PE 24V I1.2 0V PE 24V I1.4 0V PE 24V I1.8 0V PE 24V I0.1 0V PE 24V I0.3 0V PE Q0.1 M1 PE Q0.3 M1 PE Q0.5 M1 PE Q0.7 M1 PE Q1.1 M2 PE Q1.3 M2 PE Q1.5 M2 PE Q1.7 M2 PE 24V I0.5 0V PE 24V I0.7 0V PE 24V I1.1 0V PE 24V I1.3 0V PE Q0.0 M1 PE Q0.2 M1 PE Q0.4 M1 PE Q0.6 M1 PE Q1.0 M2 PE Q1.2 M2 PE Q1.4 M2 PE Q1.6 M2 PE 24V I1.5 0V PE 24V I1.7 0V PE 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) Screw terminals pre-wired Figure 4-10 4-20 Arrangement of Screw Terminals of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0) ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation 4.3.6 Wiring of ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0KB0) Connecting Inputs Connect the signal cables to the screw terminals on the lower printed-circuit board in the module. Proceed as follows: 1. Open the module using a screwdriver. 2. Unscrew the cap of the conduit thread gland for the grounding cable and remove the seal with the sleeve. 3. Push first the gland cap and then the seal onto the cable. 4. Cut back an appropriate length of the outer cable sheath. 5. Bend the braided shield at the end of the outer sheath up through 90. Push the sleeve with a twisting action over the foil until it is under the braided shield in the outer sheath. 6. Trim off the braided shield flush with the outer edge of the sleeve. 7. Pull the ends of the signal cables though the glands with the foil and cut off the foil. 8. Strip the ends of the signal lines and crimp the conductors with wire ferrules. 9. Connect the lines to the corresponding terminals. 10. Pull the lines taut and tighten the gland. 11. Repeat steps 2 through 10 with other signal lines or close the module using a screwdriver. When closing the module, make sure that the cover is correctly seated as damage may occur if the cover is not aligned with the casing. Cap of Gland Seal Sleeve Analog Module with Gland for Grounding Cable Braided Shield Figure 4-11 Components of the Cable Gland for the Grounding Cable Note When you connect the signal lines, check that the DIL switches on the printed circuit board (see Figure 4-12) remain easily accessible. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 4-21 Mechanical and Electrical Installation Wiring of ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0KB0), Continued Terminal Assignment Table 4-11 Connect the signal lines to the terminals in accordance with the table below. Connection Assignment of the Inputs of ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0KB0) Terminal Assignment for connection of ... channel resistance sensor channel thermocouple voltage sensor 1 not used Compensator (+) not used 2 not used Compensator (-) not used Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (-) 3 CH0 Measuring line (+) 4 Measuring line (-) 5 Constant current line IC+ 6 Constant current line IC - 7 CH1 Measuring line (+) 8 Measuring line (-) 9 Constant current line IC+ 10 Constant current line IC - 11 CH2 Measuring line (+) 12 Measuring line (-) 13 Constant current line IC+ 14 Constant current line IC - 15 CH3 Measuring line (+) CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 CH6 16 Measuring line (-) 17 Constant current line IC+ 18 Constant current line IC - 19 Analog ground (MANA) Analog ground (MANA) 20 Analog ground (MANA) Analog ground (MANA) Sealing of Unused Inputs 4-22 CH7 Seal all unused inputs with the screw caps supplied (module is supplied with all inputs sealed). ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation Arrangement of Screw Terminals and DIL Switches Figure 4-12 shows the arrangement of screw terminals and DIL switches in the ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit. Screw terminal labels for resistance thermometers Screw terminal labels for thermocouples and voltage sensors + COMP - MANA S1 DIL switches S4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b MANA . . S2 Table 4-12 CH0 + V CH1 + V CH2 + V CH3 + V CH4 + V CH5 + V CH6 + V CH7 + V - S3 Figure 4-12 CH0+ + CH1+ + CH2+ + CH3+ + - Arrangement of Screw Terminals and DIL Switches in ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit DIL-Switch Blocks in the ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit DIL switch block Function Described in S1 Manually set the station number Section 4.4.1 S2 Select 2-wire or 4-wire connection for Pt100 resistance thermometers Section 4.4.2 S3 Select external/internal and floating/non-floating compensation for thermocouples Section 4.4.2 S4 Select floating or non-floating measurement Section 4.4.2 4-23 Mechanical and Electrical Installation Wiring of ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0KB0), Continued Thermocouple: Floating Measurement and Floating External Compensation The illustration on this page shows how thermocouples are connected for floating measurement and external floating compensation: Compensator COMP Thermal Coupling CH0 . . CH1 CH2 Shield CH3 + + + + - ON + ON ON MANA + 1 2345678 CH7 + S2 CH6 OFF ON CH5 + 1 234 5678 CH4 1 2 S3 . .. + S4 Figure 4-13 4-24 Connection to ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit of Thermocouples for Floating Measurement and External Floating Compensation ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation Thermocouple: Non-Floating Measurement and Non-Floating External Compensation The illustration on this page shows how thermocouples are connected for non-floating measurement and external non-floating compensation: Compensation COMP . Thermal Coupling CH0 CH1 . CH2 Shield CH3 + + + - ON ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b + ON Figure 4-14 + 3 4 5 6 7 8 S4 MANA + 12 CH7 + ON CH6 OFF ON CH5 + 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 S2 CH4 1 2 S3 . .. + Connection to ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit of Thermocouples for Non-Floating Measurement and External Non-Floating Compensation 4-25 Mechanical and Electrical Installation Wiring of ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0KB0), Continued Thermocouple: Non-Floating Measurement and Internal Compensation The illustration on this page shows how thermocouples are connected for non-floating measurement and internal compensation: COMP CH0 CH1 . . CH2 Schirm CH3 + + + ON + - ON + ON 345678 MANA + 12 CH7 + S2 CH6 OFF ON CH5 + 1 234 5678 CH4 1 2 S3 . .. + S4 Figure 4-15 4-26 Connection to ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit of Thermocouples for Non-Floating Measurement and Internal Compensation ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation Resistance Thermometer, 2-Wire Circuit The resistance of the resistance thermometer (Pt 100) is measured with the aid of a 2-wire circuit. A maximum of four Pt 100 thermometers can be connected (1 resistance thermometer per channel group). The resistance thermometer receives a constant current supply via terminals CH0+ / CH2+ and CH0- / CH2-. Voltage drops on the measuring lines can falsify the results of measurement. This type of measurement is of practical value if the precision requirements are low. The settings of the switches in DIL switch block S4 determine whether measurement is floating or non-floating (see Section 4.4.2). Note If a resistance thermometer (Pt100) is used for floating measurement, the maximum permissible common-mode voltage is UCM v "1V and must not be overshot relative to MANA at any differential input. The illustration below shows how resistance thermometers (Pt100) are connected to channel 0 and channel 2 in a 2-wire circuit for floating measurement: COMP CH1 Pt 100 CH2 . CH3 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b + + + + - DIL Switch Block S4: DIL Switches 1 and 3 for 4-Wire Circuit OFF ON Figure 4-16 + ON MANA DIL Switch Block S4: DIL Switches 1 to 4 for 2-Wire Circuit ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 S4 CH7 + ON CH6 + 5 6 7 8 S2 CH5 OFF ON CH4 + 1234 Schirm 1 2 S3 CH0 Pt 100 + Connection to ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit of Resistance Thermometers (Pt 100) in 2-Wire Circuit for Floating Measurement 4-27 Mechanical and Electrical Installation Wiring of ET 200C; AI 4/8 Resistance Thermometer, 4-Wire Circuit 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0KB0), Continued The resistance of the resistance thermometer (Pt 100) is measured with the aid of a 4-wire circuit. The resistance thermometer receives a constant current Ic via terminals CH0+ / CH2+ and CH0- / CH2-. The voltage generated at the resistance thermometer is measured via CH1+ / CH3+ and CH1- / CH3-. In this configuration, voltage fluctuations on the constant-current lines do not falsify the results of measurement. The measuring inputs are high-ohmic, so the voltage drop on the measuring lines is negligible. Note If a resistance thermometer (Pt100) is used for floating measurement, the maximum permissible common-mode voltage is UCM v "1V and must not be overshot relative to MANA at any differential input. The illustration below shows how resistance thermometers (Pt 100) are connected in a 4-wire circuit for floating measurement: COMP CH0 . Pt 100 CH1 . . Pt 100 CH2 CH3 Shield CH5 + + + + - ON + ON ON MANA + 1 2345678 CH7 + S2 CH6 OFF ON CH4 + 1 2345678 . 1 2 S3 . + S4 Figure 4-17 4-28 Connection to ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit of Resistance Thermometers (Pt 100) in 4-Wire Circuit for Floating Measurement ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation Voltage Sensors Free channels can be used to connect voltage sensors ("80 mV, "250 mV, "500 mV, "1000 mV). The settings of the switches in DIL switch block S4 determine whether measurement is floating or non-floating (see Section 4.4.2). Note If a voltage sensor is used for floating measurement, the maximum permissible common-mode voltage is UCM v "1V and must not be overshot relative to MANA at any differential input. The illustration below shows how voltage sensors are connected in a 2-wire circuit for non-floating measurement: COMP CH0 CH1 . Shield CH2 CH3 + + + ON + - ON + ON 345678 MANA + 12 CH7 + S2 CH6 OFF ON CH5 + 1 234 5678 CH4 1 2 S3 + U - + U - + S4 Figure 4-18 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Connection to ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit of Voltage Sensors in 2-Wire Circuit for Non-Floating Measurement 4-29 Mechanical and Electrical Installation 4.3.7 Wiring of ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0KB0) Connecting Inputs Connect the signal cables to the screw terminals on the lower printed-circuit board in the module. Proceed as follows: 1. Open the module using a screwdriver. 2. Unscrew the cap of the conduit thread gland for the grounding cable and remove the seal with the sleeve. 3. Push first the gland cap and then the seal onto the cable. 4. Cut back an appropriate length of the outer cable sheath. 5. Bend the braided shield at the end of the outer sheath up through 90. Push the sleeve with a twisting action over the foil until it is under the braided shield in the outer sheath. 6. Trim off the braided shield flush with the outer edge of the sleeve. 7. Pull the ends of the signal cables though the glands with the foil and cut off the foil. 8. Strip the ends of the signal lines and crimp the conductors with wire ferrules. 9. Connect the lines to the corresponding terminals. 10. Pull the lines taut and tighten the gland. 11. Repeat steps 2 through 10 with other signal lines or close the module using a screwdriver. When closing the module, make sure that the cover is correctly seated as damage may occur if the cover is not aligned with the casing. Cap of Gland Seal Sleeve Analog Module with Gland for the Grounding Cable Braided Shield Figure 4-19 Components of the Cable Gland for the Grounding Cable Note When you connect the signal lines, check that the DIL switches on the printed circuit board (see Figure 4-20) remain easily accessible. 4-30 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation Terminal Assignment Connect the signal lines to the terminals in accordance with the table below. Table 4-13 Channel Terminal Assignment CH0 1 Measuring line (+) 2 Measuring line (-) 3 Measuring line (+) 4 Measuring line (-) 5 Measuring line (+) 6 Measuring line (-) 7 Measuring line (+) 8 Measuring line (-) 9 Analog ground (MANA) 10 Analog ground (MANA) CH1 CH2 CH3 Sealing of Unused Inputs Connection Assignment of the Inputs of ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0KB0) Seal all unused inputs with the screw caps supplied (module is supplied with all inputs sealed). ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 4-31 Mechanical and Electrical Installation Wiring of ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0KB0), Continued Arrangement of Screw Terminals and DIL Switches Figure 4-20 shows the arrangement of screw terminals and DIL switches in the ET 200C; AI 4 12 bit S1 CH0 + VA CH1 + VA CH2 + VA CH3 + VA - DIL Switches MANA S5 Figure 4-20 Table 4-14 Arrangement of Screw Terminals and DIL Switches in ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit DIL Switch Blocks in ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit DIL switch block Function Described in S1 Manually set the station number Section 4.4.1 S5 Select voltage or current measurement Section 4.4.3 Select floating/non-floating measurement 4-32 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation Voltage Sensors Voltage sensors can be connected for the measured-value ranges " 1.25 V, " 2.5 V, " 5 V, " 10 V. The settings of the switches in DIL switch block S4 determine whether measurement is floating or non-floating (see Section 4.4.1). Note If a voltage sensor is used for floating measurement, the maximum permissible common-mode voltage is UCM v " 1 V and must not be overshot relative to MANA at any differential input. The illustration below shows how voltage sensors are connected in a 2-wire circuit for floating measurement: + + U CH0 - - + + U CH1 - - . + CH2 - - MANA ON + CH3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Shield ON S5 Figure 4-21 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Connection to ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit of Voltage Sensors in 2-Wire Circuit for Floating Measurement 4-33 Mechanical and Electrical Installation Wiring of ET 200C; AI 4 Current Sensors 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0KB0), Continued Current sensors can be connected for the measured-value ranges 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA, " 20 mA. The parallel shunt resistor must be activated before a channel can be used for measuring currents. The settings of the switches in DIL switch block S5 determine whether measurement is floating or non-floating (see Section 4.4.1). Note If a current sensor is used for floating measurement, the maximum permissible common-mode voltage is UCM v " 1 V and must not be overshot relative to MANA at any differential input. The illustration below shows how current sensors are connected in a 2-wire circuit for floating measurement: + + mA - CH0 + mA - CH1 - + - . + CH2 - 3 CH3 ON 4 5 6 7 8 - MANA ON 1 + 2 Shield S5 Figure 4-22 4-34 Connection to ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit of Current Sensors in 2-Wire Circuit for Floating Measurement ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation 4.3.8 Wiring of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0KB0) Connecting Outputs Connect the signal cables to the screw terminals on the lower printed-circuit board in the module. Proceed as follows: 1. Open the module using a screwdriver. 2. Unscrew the cap of the conduit thread gland for the grounding cable and remove the seal with the sleeve. 3. Push first the gland cap and then the seal onto the cable. 4. Cut back an appropriate length of the outer cable sheath. 5. Bend the braided shield at the end of the outer sheath up through 90. Push the sleeve with a twisting action over the foil until it is under the braided shield in the outer sheath. 6. Trim off the braided shield flush with the outer edge of the sleeve. 7. Pull the ends of the signal cables though the glands with the foil and cut off the foil. 8. Strip the ends of the signal lines and crimp the conductors with wire ferrules. 9. Connect the lines to the corresponding terminals. 10. Pull the lines taut and tighten the gland. 11. Repeat steps 2 through 10 with other signal lines or close the module using a screwdriver. When closing the module, make sure that the cover is correctly seated as damage may occur if the cover is not aligned with the casing. Cap of Gland Seal Sleeve Analog Module with Gland for Grounding Cable Braided Shield Figure 4-23 Components of the Cable Gland for the Grounding Cable Note When you connect the signal lines, check that the DIL switches on the printed circuit board (see Figure 4-24) remain easily accessible. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 4-35 Mechanical and Electrical Installation Wiring of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0KB0), Continued Terminal Assignment Connect the signal lines to the terminals in accordance with the table below. Table 4-15 Chan nel CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3 Sealing of Unused Outputs 4-36 Pin Assignment, Outputs of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0) Terminal 4-wire layout 2-wire layout 1 not used 2 not used 3 Analog output "Voltage" (+) Analog output "Current or Voltage" (+) 4 Analog output "Voltage" (-) Analog output "Current or Voltage" (-) 5 Sensor line (S+) not used 6 Sensor line (S-) not used 7 Analog output "Voltage" (+) Analog output "Current or Voltage" (+) 8 Analog output "Voltage" (-) Analog output "Current or Voltage" (-) 9 Sensor line (S+) not used 10 Sensor line (S-) not used 11 Analog output "Voltage" (+) Analog output "Current or Voltage" (+) 12 Analog output "Voltage" (-) Analog output "Current or Voltage" (-) 13 Sensor line (S+) not used 14 Sensor line (S-) not used 15 Analog output "Voltage" (+) Analog output "Current or Voltage" (+) 16 Analog output "Voltage" (-) Analog output "Current or Voltage" (-) 17 Sensor line (S+) not used 18 Sensor line (S-) not used 19 not used 20 not used Seal all unused outputs with the screw caps supplied (module is supplied with all outputs sealed). ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation Arrangement of Screw Terminals and DIL Switches Figure 4-24 shows the arrangement of screw terminals and DIL switches in the ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit. Table 4-16 Connection Options S1 Figure 4-24 S2 CH0+ + CH1+ + CH2+ + CH3+ + - DIl Switches Arrangement of Screw Terminals and DIL Switches in ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit DIL Switch Blocks in ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit DIL switch block Function Described S1 Manually set the station number Section 4.4.1 S2 Select 2-wire or 4-wire connection Section 4.4.4 You have two options for connecting loads to the ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit: Connect load in 4-wire circuit Connect load in 2-wire circuit ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 4-37 Mechanical and Electrical Installation Wiring of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0KB0), Continued Load in 4-Wire Circuit (Voltage Output) The voltage is connected for the load via two high-resistance sensor lines (S+, S- at terminals + and -) for each channel. In this way it is possible to correct voltage drops of up to 3 V per line. It is important to ensure that the sensor lines are connected directly to the load. The illustration below shows how to connect loads in a 4-wire circuit for voltage output. . . CH0 RL S+ S- .R + + . CH1 L S+ S- + + - Shield + S2 CH3 ON + ON CH2 + 1 2345678 . + - Figure 4-25 4-38 Connection of Loads to ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit, 4-Wire Circuit for Voltage Output ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation Load in 2-Wire Circuit (Voltage Output) In a 2-wire circuit there are no sensor lines. A 2-wire circuit for voltage output is possible if the line resistance of the signal lines is negligible with respect to the load resistance. Close the DIL switches in DIL switch block S2 in order to obtain a precise output voltage in the 2-wire circuit. This creates a low-ohmic link between the sensor input and the associated output, thus preventing a circuit-related error due to the output-voltage feedback. The illustration below shows how to connect loads in a 2-wire circuit for voltage output. CH0 RL RL + + + CH1 . + + + + S2 CH3 ON - 5678 + ON CH2 1234 Shield - Figure 4-26 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Connection of Loads to ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit, 2-Wire Circuit for Voltage Output 4-39 Mechanical and Electrical Installation Wiring of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0KB0), Continued Load in 2-Wire Circuit (Current Output) The illustration below shows how to connect loads in a 2-wire circuit for current output. CH0 RL RL + + + CH1 . + Shield + - S2 CH3 ON + ON + 1 2345678 CH2 + - Figure 4-27 4-40 Connection of Loads to ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit, 2-Wire Circuit for Current Output ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation 4.3.9 Wiring of the Load Voltage Supply Introduction The digital output module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A are each equipped with a connection for the load supply voltage. The load supply voltage can be also be routed from an ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A module via a second connection to a further digital module with outputs. The digital input/output module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A is equipped with a connection for the load voltage supply for each channel group (Q0, Q1). The load voltage supply cannot be looped onto other modules. Connecting Load Voltage Supply To connect the load voltage supply you will require 6-pin circular socket for "incoming" load voltage or 6-pin circular connector for "outgoing" load voltage (only with ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A) Flexible 3-core Cu cables: - for ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A with a minimum core cross-sectional area of 0.75 mm2 (AWG 18) and a diameter of between 6 and 10 mm. - for ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A and ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A with a minimum core cross-sectional area of 2.5 mm2 (AWG 13). Connect the circular socket/circular connector in accordance with the following pin assignment: Table 4-17 Sealing of Unused Connections Pin Assignment of the Load Voltage Supply Pin Load voltage supply 1 PE 2 P 24 V 3 M 24 V 4 free 5 free 6 free Connections which are not required must be sealed using the enclosed metal caps. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 4-41 Mechanical and Electrical Installation 4.3.10 Wiring of the External Power Supply to the PS Connector Introduction An external power supply must be connected to the power supply connector. Connecting External Power Supply To connect the external power supply you will require 6-pin circular socket and Flexible 3-core Cu cables: - with a minimum core cross-section of 0.75 mm2 (AWG 18) and a diameter of 6 to 10 mm. Connect the circular socket in accordance with the following pin assignment: Table 4-18 Sealing of Unused Connections 4-42 Pin Assignment of the External Power Supply Pin Power supply 1 PE 2 P 24 V 3 M 24 V 4 free 5 free 6 free Connections which are not required must be sealed using the enclosed metal caps. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation 4.4 Setting DIL Switches on Analog Modules of ET 200C Introduction In the following analog modules, the lower printed-circuit board accommodates the terminal block plus a number of DIL switch blocks: ET200C; AI 4/8 12 bit ET200C; AI 4 12 bit ET200C; AO 4 12 bit These DIL switch blocks can be used to set the station number of the ET 200C module (optional), the measurement type for the input modules, and the wiring configuration (2-wire or 4-wire) for the output module. Every analog module has a DIL switch block for setting the station number (block S1). The other DIL switch blocks are module-specific. Note The settings performed electronically with COM ET 200 Windows as described in the manual ET 200 Distributed I/O System (Order No. 6ES5 998-3ES12) must always match the settings of the internal DIL switches of the analog modules. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 4-43 Mechanical and Electrical Installation 4.4.1 Setting the Station Number of Analog Modules by Means of DIL Switch Block S1 Basic Requirement DIL switch block S1 is in the default position (as delivered). In the default position the single DIL switch is set to E (for Electronic parameterization via the bus) and the seven DIL switches in the array for setting the station number are set to 1 (see Figure 4-28). E Electronic ParamS1 eterization via Bus 1 0 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 DIL Switch Block S1 in Default Position (As Delivered) Figure 4-28 M Manual Setting by Means of DIL Switches DIL Switch Block in Default Position (As Delivered) If you leave the switches in their default positions, all you have to do is set the station number when parameterizing via the bus (see Chapter 5). If you set the single DIL switch to M (for Manual setting by DIL switches) you must use the seven DIL switches in the array to set the station number (see Figure 4-29). 4-44 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation Rules The rules which apply to setting the station number by means of the DIL switches in DIL switch block S1 are as follows: The single DIL switch of DIL switch block S1 must be set to M (for Manual setting via DIL switch). The default setting of this switch is E (for Electronic setting via the bus). An ET 200C analog module must be assigned a station number in the range: - IM 308-B master interface: 3 ... 124 - IM 308-C master interface: 1 ... 123 You must also enter the same station number when parameterizing with COM ET 200. Example You want to assign station number 6 to an analog module 6=2+4 DIL switch block S1 set to station number 6 E 1 S1 0 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 Figure 4-29 Setting a Station Number by Means of DIL Switches M Example of How to Set a Station Number at DIL Switch Block S1 To set a station number by means of the DIL switches in DIL switch block S1, proceed as follows: 1. Open the analog module. 2. On the lower printed-circuit board, set the single switch of DIL switch block S1 to M (for Manual). 3. Set the station number by means of the block of seven DIL switches (see Figure 4-29). 4. Close the module, making sure that the cover is correctly seated as damage may occur if the cover is not aligned with the casing. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 4-45 Mechanical and Electrical Installation 4.4.2 Setting the Measurement Type for Analog Module ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit Basic Requirement The lower printed-circuit board in the analog module ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit accommodates the following module-specific DIL switch blocks: Table 4-19 Rules Module-Specific DIL Switch Blocks in ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit DIL switch block Function Default setting (as delivered) S2 Select 2-wire or 4-wire connection for Pt 100 resistance thermometers OFF 4-wire connection for Pt 100 S3 Select external/internal and floating/non-floating compensation for thermocouples ON internal and non-floating compensation for thermocouples S4 Select floating or non-floating measurement OFF floating measurement The rules for setting the measurement type for the analog module ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit by means of the DIL switches are as follows: High-precision measurement with Pt 100 resistance thermometers is ensured only if you use 4-wire connection. The usual setting for thermocouple measurements is internal with non-floating compensation. Use external compensation only if the reference point has to be outside the analog module ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit. Spurious voltages can occur, caused for example by crosstalk at the compensator input. Non-floating compensation prevents voltage shift in the event of a common-mode disruption at the compensator. You should always use non-floating measurement by preference, as this will suppress the effect of severe common-mode disruptions, for example. When you close the module, make sure that the cover is correctly seated as damage may occur if the cover is not aligned with the casing. 4-46 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation Setting DIL Switch Block S2 DIL switch block S2 on the AI 4/8 module enables you to select 2-wire or 4-wire connection for Pt 100 resistance thermometers. Set DIL switch block S2 as follows: Table 4-20 DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S2 DIL switch block S2 Default Switch ON 1 OFF Channels (CH) 0 and 1, measuring line (positive) connected to constant current line (positive) (2-wire connection for Pt 100) 2 OFF Channels (CH) 0 and 1, measuring line (negative) connected to constant current line (negative) (2-wire connection for Pt 100) 3 OFF Channel (CH) 2 and 3, measuring line (positive) connected to constant current line (positive) (2-wire connection for Pt 100) 4 OFF Channels (CH) 2 and 3, measuring line (negative) connected to constant current line (negative) (2-wire connection for Pt 100) 5 OFF Channels (CH) 4 and 5, measuring line (positive) connected to constant current line (positive) (2-wire connection for Pt 100) 6 OFF Channels (CH) 4 and 5, measuring line (negative) connected to constant current line (negative) (2-wire connection for Pt 100) 7 OFF Channels (CH) 6 and 7, measuring line (positive) connected to constant current line (positive) (2-wire connection for Pt 100) 8 OFF Channel (CH) 6 and 7, measuring line (negative) connected to constant current line (negative) (2-wire connection for Pt 100) DIL Switches of DIL Switch Block S2 ON 3 5 Figure 4-30 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 6 CH5 8 CH6 CH7 + CH4 + CH3 + CH2 + CH1 + + CH0 7 4 + 2 + 1 Block Diagram of DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S2 4-47 Mechanical and Electrical Installation Setting Measurement Type for Analog Module ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit, Continued Note If you use a 2-wire circuit for measuring with thermocouples or for voltage measurement, make sure that the corresponding DIL switch in DIL switch block S2 is ON. Setting DIL Switch Block S3 DIL switch block S3 on the AI 4/8 module enables you to select external/internal and floating/non-floating compensation for thermocouples. Set DIL switch block S3 as follows: Table 4-21 4-48 DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S3 DIL switch block S3 Default Switch ON 1 ON Negative input connected to ground (nonfloating compensation) 2 ON External compensation inputs short-circuited (necessary for internal compensation) ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation Setting DIL Switch Block S4 DIL switch block S4 on the AI 4/8 module enables you to select floating/nonfloating measurement. Set DIL switch block S4 as follows: Table 4-22 DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S4 DIL switch block S4 Default Switch ON 1 OFF Channel (CH) 0, measuring line (negative) connected to analog ground (non-floating measurement) 2 OFF Channel (CH) 1, measuring line (negative) connected to analog ground (non-floating measurement) 3 OFF Channel (CH) 2, measuring line (negative) connected to analog ground (non-floating measurement) 4 OFF Channel (CH) 3, measuring line (negative) connected to analog ground (non-floating measurement) 5 OFF Channel (CH) 4, measuring line (negative) connected to analog ground (non-floating measurement) 6 OFF Channel (CH) 5, measuring line (negative) connected to analog ground (non-floating measurement) 7 OFF Channel (CH) 6, measuring line (negative) connected to analog ground (non-floating measurement) 8 OFF Channel (CH) 7, measuring line (negative) connected to analog ground (non-floating measurement) DIL Switches of DIL Switch Block S4 OFF (default) . ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b . . . . . CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 CH6 CH7 . + 8 + 7 + 6 + 5 + 4 + 3 + 2 + Figure 4-31 . 1 MANA Block Diagram of DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S4 4-49 Mechanical and Electrical Installation 4.4.3 Setting Measurement Type for Analog Module ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit Basic Requirement The lower printed-circuit board in the analog module ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit accommodates the following module-specific DIL switch block: Table 4-23 Module-Specific DIL Switch Block in ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit DIL switch block Function Default setting (as delivered) S5 Select voltage or current measurement OFF voltage measurement Select floating or non-floating measurement OFF floating measurement If you close a DIL switch for current measurement, a shunt resistor (125 ohms) parallel to the input is activated. ! Rules Caution Make sure that this shunt resistor is not in circuit for voltage measurements, as otherwise the sensor would be overloaded. The rules for setting the measurement type for the analog module ET 200C; AI 4 12 bit by means of the DIL switches are as follows: The shunt resistor parallel to the input of the channel in question must be activated for measuring currents. You should always use non-floating measurement by preference, as this will suppress the effect of severe common-mode disruptions, for example. When you close the module, make sure that the cover is correctly seated as damage may occur if the cover is not aligned with the casing. 4-50 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation Setting DIL Switch Block S5 DIL switch block S5 on the AI 4 module enables you to select voltage or current measurement and floating or non-floating measurement. Set DIL switch block S5 as follows: Table 4-24 DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S5 DIL switch block S5 Default Switch ON 1 OFF Channel (CH) 0, shunt resistor activated (voltage measurement) 2 OFF Channel (CH) 0 measuring line (negative) connected to analog ground (floating measurement) 3 OFF Channel (CH) 1, shunt resistor activated (voltage measurement) 4 OFF Channel (CH) 1 measuring line (negative) connected to analog ground (floating measurement) 5 OFF Channel (CH) 2, shunt resistor activated (voltage measurement) 6 OFF Channel (CH) 2 measuring line (negative) connected to analog ground (floating measurement) 7 OFF Channel (CH) 3, shunt resistor activated (voltage measurement) 8 OFF Channel (CH) 3 measuring line (negative) connected to analog ground (floating measurement) DIL Switches of DIL Switch Block S5 OFF (default) CH0 CH1 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b . 7 8. . . . 5 6 CH2 CH3 + . + . + Figure 4-32 . 3 4 + 1 2 MANA Block Diagram of DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S5 4-51 Mechanical and Electrical Installation 4.4.4 Setting Connection Mode for Analog Module ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit Basic Requirement The lower printed-circuit board in the analog module ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit accommodates the following module-specific DIL switch block: Table 4-25 Module-specific DIL-switch block in ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit DIL switch block Function Default setting (as delivered) S2 Select 2-wire or 4-wire connection mode OFF 4-wire connection mode Note The DIL switch of DIL switch block S2 must be set to ON for 2-wire connection mode, as otherwise an error of + 2 % would occur at the output. Rules The rules for setting the connection mode for the analog module ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit by means of the DIL switches are as follows: The analog module ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit is intended primarily for high-end control functions with 4-wire configurations. You should use the 2-wire option only in exceptional cases. If you have to use 2-wire connection, set the DIL switches of DIL switch block S2 in the analog module ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit accordingly When you close the module, make sure that the cover is correctly seated as damage may occur if the cover is not aligned with the casing. 4-52 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Mechanical and Electrical Installation Setting DIL Switch Block S2 DIL switch block S2 on the AO 4 module enables you to select 2-wire or 4-wire connection. Set DIL switch block S2 as follows: Table 4-26 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S2 DIL switch block S2 Default Switch ON 1 OFF Channel (CH) 0, output line (positive) connected to sensor line (positive) (2-wire connection) 2 OFF Channel (CH) 0, output line (negative) connected to sensor line (negative) (2-wire connection) 3 OFF Channel (CH) 1, output line (positive) connected to sensor line (positive) (2-wire connection) 4 OFF Channel (CH) 1, output line (negative) connected to sensor line (negative) (2-wire connection) 5 OFF Channel (CH) 2, output line (positive) connected to sensor line (positive) (2-wire connection) 6 OFF Channel (CH) 2, output line (negative) connected to sensor line (negative) (2-wire connection) 7 OFF Channel (CH) 3, output line (positive) connected to sensor line (positive) (2-wire connection) 8 OFF Channel (CH) 3, output line (negative) connected to sensor line (negative) (2-wire connection) 4-53 Mechanical and Electrical Installation 4-54 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200 Introduction 5 This chapter is based on the ET 200 Distributed I/O System manual. The ET 200 Distributed I/O System manual contains basic information on COM ET 200. Address assignment is an important aspect of COM ET 200. In the ET 200 Distributed I/O System manual, you will find information on the type of address assignment (linear addressing or dual-port RAM addressing). In this Chapter Typical address assignment for ET 200C is described in this chapter. This chapter also explains how to fill out the "CONFIGURING" screen form of the COM ET 200 V4.x parameterization software for configuring the ET 200C distributed I/O station. Using this screen form you specify the following information for each ET 200C slave station: The station number (see Section 5.1.1), The address area and the station type of the station (see Section 5.1.2), The addresses of the inputs and outputs (see Section 5.1.3) and The inputs and outputs that will generate a diagnostics signal in the event of a fault (see Section 5.1.4). COM ET 200 Windows You can skip this chapter if you use ET 200C with COM ET 200 Windows. COM ET 200 Windows supports standardized, simple configuration and parameterization for all ET 200 slaves. Its use is not described in this manual. See the manual entitled ET 200 Distributed I/O System (Order No. 6ES5 998-3ES12) for details on working with COM ET 200 Windows. The program also has an integral online help system which provides all the support you need to configure and parameterize the ET 200C modules. The parameters of the ET 200C analog modules that you can set with COM ET 200 Windows are listed in Chapter 12 of this manual. Note The Import Memory Card function in COM ET 200 Windows V1.0 works correctly only in configurations that do not include ET 200C analog modules. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 5-1 Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200 5.1 Address Assignment with COM ET 200 V4.x Type Files In order to put an ET 200C into operation with COM ET 200, make sure that the type file of the ET 200C module in question is available in the COM ET 200 directory. The designations of the type files are as follows: Table 5-1 Type File Designations for ET 200C Station type How to Obtain the Type Files Order number Type file C-8DI DP 6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0 SN8010TD.200 C-8DO DP 6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0 SN8011TD.200 C-8DO/2A DP 6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0 SI8012TD.200 C-16DI/16DO/2A DP 6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0, 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0 SI8013TD.200 The type files of the ET 200C modules are part of COM ET 200 (as of Version 4.1). If you are currently working with COM ET 200 V4.0, you can obtain Version 4.1 of COM ET 200 free of charge from your contact at Siemens. Alternatively, you can download the appropriate type file from the interface centre via modem under the following mailbox number: Tel.: +49 911/73-7972 All type files are made available centrally in the interface centre. Appendix B of the manual includes a section which contains the contents of the types files. If necessary, you can use these to generate any missing type files yourself using an ASCII editor. 5-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200 5.1.1 Enter Station Number Basic Requirement You have processed the ET 200 system parameters in the COM ET 200 form "ET 200 SYSTEM PARAMETERS" (see the manual ET 200 Distributed I/O System). Rules Please note the following when editing the station number: An ET 200C station must have a station number between 3 and 124. The station number of a "further active station" (if specified in the "ET 200 SYSTEM PARAMETERS" form) may not be entered for the ET 200C station! Procedure: Enter Station Number The station number is entered as follows: 1. From the "FUNCTION SELECTION" screen, press <F2> to go to the "CONFIGURING" screen. 2. If necessary, correct the station number that appears on the screen. Entry options: Possible station numbers for ET 200C: 3 to 124 Help: Press <F7> (HELP). A window appears with all previously assigned station numbers and station types. You can select a station and display its configuration. If no station number has been assigned, the message "No stations configured" appears. 3. Confirm the entry with <F6> (ENTER). Result If the station whose number you entered has already been configured, its configuration appears on the screen after you complete your entry. If the station whose number you entered has not already been configured, two additional entry fields appear in the "CONFIGURING" screen: "Area" and "Station type" (see Section 5.1.2). ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 5-3 Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200 Enter Station Number, Continued Example In our example the station is being assigned the station number "3". SIMATIC S5 / COM ET 200 Program file selected: TEST@@ET.200 CONFIGURING Station number: 3 F1 Figure 5-1 5-4 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 ENTER HELP EXIT "CONFIGURING" Screen (1) ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200 5.1.2 Enter Address Area and Station Type Basic Requirement If the station has not already been configured, two additional entry fields "Area" and "Station type" appear in the "CONFIGURING" screen after entry of the station number (see Section 5.1.1). Procedure: Enter Address Area and Station Type Address area and station type of the ET 200C are defined as follows: 1. Enter the address area of the station in the "Area" entry field. Entry options: If you entered "Y" for the ET 200 system parameter "Dual-port RAM ADDR", you must enter the abbreviation of the peripheral area (example: "P3" for dual-port RAM page number 3 in the P peripheral area). If you entered "N" for the ET 200 system parameter "Dual-port RAM ADDR", you must select one of the permissible areas for linear addressing (P or Q). Note The ET 200 Distributed I/O System manual describes the basic principles of address assignment for ET 200 (linear addressing or dual-port RAM addressing). 2. Enter the corresponding name for your ET 200C station in the "Station type" entry field. (see Table 5-1) Help: Press <F7> to make a window appear with all station types that can be entered in the entry field. 3. Confirm your entries by pressing <F6> (ENTER). Result On completion of the entries, additional entry fields and a table for configuring the inputs or outputs appear in the CONFIGURING screen (see Section 5.1.3). ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 5-5 Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200 Enter Address Area and Station Type, Continued Example In our example, a digital input module (6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0) is to be configured. The inputs of the module are addressed linearly in the P peripheral area. SIMATIC S5 / COM ET 200 Program file selected: TEST@@ET.200 CONFIGURING Station number: 3 F1 Figure 5-2 5-6 F2 Area: F3 P F4 Station type: C-8DI DP F5 F6 F7 F8 ENTER HELP EXIT "CONFIGURING" Screen (2) ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200 5.1.3 Enter Station Name, Addresses and Address Identifier Basic Requirement After the station type has been entered (see Section 5.1.2), additional entry fields for configuring the inputs and outputs appear in the "CONFIGURING" screen. "Station Name" If required, you can assign a name to the ET 200C distributed I/O station in the "Station name" entry field (all keyboard characters are permitted). "Next Available Address" COM ET 200 automatically displays the next available address for the digital inputs (DI), digital outputs (DQ), analog inputs (AI) and analog outputs (AQ). When selecting the "CONFIGURING" screen for the first time in the selected program file, the next available addresses are set to "0". Procedure: Enter Addresses and Address Identifiers The addresses of the inputs/outputs of the ET 200C station are defined as follows: 1. If required, enter in the "Next free address" entry fields another free address that you wish to use for the inputs or outputs of the ET 200C station. Entry options: For linear addressing: 0 to 255 For Q dual-port RAM addressing: 0 to 254 For P dual-port RAM addressing: 192 to 254 2. Enter the address identifiers of the ET 200C in the entry fields of the "Configuration" area (Fig. 5-3: ). Requirement: The cursor must be positioned at the entry field for the address identifier (slot). Note All output ports are assigned the slot "0." in the case of digital ET 200C modules. All input ports are assigned the slot "1.". Entry option: Enter the address identifiers as decimal numbers (see table 5-2). ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 5-7 Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200 Enter Station Name, Addresses and Address Identifier, Continued 3. Confirm the entries with <F6> (ENTER). Result COM ET 200 automatically displays the initial module address in the output field "Module address: I: Q:": in field "I:" the initial module address for the inputs in field "Q:" the initial module address for the outputs The input and output area are addressed separately from "Next available address" (per address identifier). Address identifiers Table 5-2 The following address identifiers are used for ET 200C: Address Identifiers for ET 200C (DP Standard) Module Order number Address identifier Slot 0: Slot 1: Consistency Address range (byte) Address area ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V 6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0 000 016 Byte 1 digital ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A 6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0 032 000 Byte 1 digital ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A 6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0 032 000 Byte 1 digital ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A 6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0 033 017 Byte 21 digital 1 5-8 per input and output area ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200 In our example, ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A is to be used for "Press control". Example Addresses: 16 digital inputs: I 0.0 ... 0.7, I 1.0 ... 1.7, 16 digital outputs: Q 0.0 ... 0.7, Q 1.0 ... 1.7, Address identifier: 16 digital inputs: 017 16 digital outputs: 033 SIMATIC S5 / COM ET 200 Program file selected: TEST@@ET.200 CONFIGURING Station number: 5 Area: Station name: Press control Next available address: DI: P 2 DQ: Station type: C-16DI/16DO/2A DP 2 AI: 0 AQ: Configuration: Module address (Shift F6: DP slave parameterization frame) 0 I: Q: 0. 033 8. 1. 017 9. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. F1 F2 F3 F4 STATION - DELETE STATION NEW STATION STATION + Figure 5-3 F5 ADRESS ASSIGN. F6 F7 F8 ENTER HELP EXIT "CONFIGURING" Screen (3) ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 5-9 Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200 Enter Station Name, Addresses and Address Identifier, Continued Procedure: Enter Address Identifiers Individually Table 5-2 contains all of the address identifiers you require for ET 200C. If the address identifiers are not available, you can have them created by COM ET 200. The window "DP identifier" must be filled in for this purpose. 1. Position the cursor at the input field for the address identifier. Example: Move the cursor to the input field for slot "1." in order to enter the address identifier for the 16 DI of the ET 200C-16DI/16DO. 2. Press <F7> (HELP). The "DP identifier" window will then appear: DP-IDENTIFIER I/Q: # Length: ## Format: # Consistency: # Help: I/Q: I: Input, Q: Output, X: Input/Output, Length: 1 - 16 Format: B: Byte, W: Word, Consistency:0: Byte/Word 1: Total (depending on format) 3. Make the appropriate entries in the 4 fields with the aid of the legend. Example: "DP IDENTIFIER" for the 16 inputs of the ET 200C-16DI/16DO (slot "1."): DP-IDENTIFIER I/Q: I Length: 2 Format: B Consistency: 0 Help: I/Q: I: Input, Q: Output, X: Input/Output, Length: 1 - 16 Format: B: Byte, W: Word, Consistency:0: Byte/Word 1: Total (depending on format) 4. Confirm the entries with <F6> (ENTER). Result 5-10 The input field for the address identifier contains the correct address identifier ("017") for the 16 inputs of the ET 200C-16DI/16DO. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200 Special Points of Interest with Regard to Addressing The process image is created one word at a time by the CPUs 941, 942, 943 and 944 (AG S5-115U/H series). In the case of ET 200C, this means that two slave stations can be addressed within one word: Address 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 8DI (1) 8DI (2) ... ... ... Address 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 8DO (1) 8DO (2) ... ... ... The following can occur if an input/output value is read in via the process image: Case 1 Assumption: failure occurs in 8DI (1) or 8DO (1). Since the CPUs 941 ... 944 read/write the process image one word at a time, they recognize that a failure has occurred in 8DI (1) or 8DO (1). As a result, no read/write operations are performed by the CPUs on the process image of 8DI (2) or 8DO (2) either, although these are present. The CPU is set to STOP with NAK (if "NAK = yes" in COM ET 200). The CPU is reset to RUN after a STOP-RUN transition although 8DI (1) and 8DI (2) (or 8DO (1) and 8DO (2)) are not entered in the process image. Case 2 8DO (2) behaves in the same way as in case 1. Case 3 Assumption: failure occurs in 8DI (2). Since the above-mentioned CPUs read the process image one word at a time, they recognize that a failure has occurred in 8DI (2). The CPU is set to STOP with NAK (if "NAK = yes" in COM ET 200). The CPU remains set to STOP even after a STOP-RUN transition. Note The following rules must be noted when addressing the CPUs 941 ... 944: 1. Only use load and transfer commands. These commands recognize, one byte at a time, whether or not a byte is present or missing or 2. Assign each ET 200C module to an even address (e.g. 2, 4, ...) and leave the odd addresses free. You can then also access the process image. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 5-11 Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200 5.1.4 Enter Parameterization Frame with COM ET 200 V4.x Introduction The diagnostic behavior of each individual input or output or the entire module (16 DI/16 DO) is defined for the digital ET 200C modules using the parameterization frame. Note The diagnostics function must always be switched off for an input/output, S if the output is not used or S if an output is returned directly to an input or S if the sensor supply of an input is returned directly to the input (see Section 4.3.2/4.3.3). Procedure: Define Diagnostic behavior Perform the following steps in order to enter the diagnostic behavior in the parameterization frame of the ET 200C: 1. Press (shift) F6 (DP slave parameterization frame). The "DP slave parameterization frame" window for the ET 200C station will then appear. 5 bytes of the parameterization frame are preassigned with "00H" the first time this is selected: DP SLAVE - PARAMETERIZATION FRAME Byte (entry in format KH) ----------------------------------------------- 0 00 00 00 00 00 10 20 2. Then enter the diagnostic behavior of the ET 200C station in the format "KH". Note Only bytes 0 and 1 (marked with "j" in the diagram) are relevant for parameterizing the diagnostic behavior of the ET 200C station . The entry options and their meaning are described in Fig. 5-5 and 5-4. Bytes 2, 3 and 4 contain "00H" which cannot be overwritten! 3. Terminate the entry with <F6> (ENTER). 4. Confirm the configuration with <F6> (ENTER). 5-12 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200 Result The defined diagnostic behavior is stored in the preselected program file. Structure of the Parameterization Frame, Byte 0 The diagnostic behavior of the ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A is defined in byte 0 of the parameterization frame. Byte 0 contains "00H" in the case of all other ET 200C modules: Structure of the Parameterization Frame: Byte 0 Byte 0 7 6 5 0 0 0 4 3 0 2 1 0 0 0 0 1: Group diagnostics for DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A switched off (byte 0: 08H) Figure 5-4 Structure of the Parameterization Frame, Byte 1 Structure of the Parameterization Frame for ET 200C: Byte 0 The diagnostic response for inputs/outputs 0 to 7 of the ET 200C modules DI 8 DC 24V, DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and DO 8 DC 24V/2A is defined in byte 1 of the parameterization frame: Structure of the Parameterization Frame: Byte 1 Byte 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1: Diagnostics for input/output "0" switched off 1: Diagnostics for input/output "1" switched off 1: Diagnostics for input/output "2" switched off 1: Diagnostics for input/output "3" switched off 1: Diagnostics for input/output "4" switched off 1: Diagnostics for input/output "5" switched off 1: Diagnostics for input/output "6" switched off 1: Diagnostics for input/output "7" switched off Figure 5-5 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Structure of the Parameterization Frame for ET 200C: Byte 1 5-13 Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200 5-14 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Startup and Test with COM ET 200 Startup Options 6 There are 2 options available for starting and testing the ET 200C distributed I/O station: Using the ET 200 handheld Using COM ET 200 and programmer (with interface module CP5410-S5DOS/ST) Handheld Start-up and testing of ET 200C using the ET 200 handheld is described in the ET 200 Handheld manual. In chapter 8 of this manual you will learn how to Connect the handheld and which rules you need to observe to do this (see Section 9.1). In this Chapter This chapter describes how to start up and test ET 200C with a programmer and COM ET 200 V4.x. You will learn in this chapter how to Connect the programmer and the rules you need to observe to do this (see Section 6.1) Select the station and transfer the configuration data to the station (see Section 6.2) Test the station (see Section 6.3). COM ET 200 Windows You can skip this chapter if you use ET 200C with COM ET 200 Windows. COM ET 200 Windows supports standardized, simple startup for all ET 200 slaves. Its use is not described in this manual. See the manual entitled ET 200 Distributed I/O System (Order No. 6ES5 998-3ES12) for details on which versions of COM ET 200 Windows incorporate test and startup functions. The program also has an integral online help system which provides all the support you need for starting up the ET 200C modules. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 6-1 Startup and Test with COM ET 200 6.1 Connecting the Programmer Introduction There are two options for starting up the ET 200C station with a programmer and COM ET 200: The ET 200C module is disconnected from the bus. You connect the programmer to the ET 200C module. You can also start up the ET 200C slave station "bus" while it is in operation. For this purpose, connect the programmer to the SINEC L2-DP field bus via the programmer connector. Requirements for Connecting the Programmer to ET 200C You will need two cable sets to connect the programmer to the ET 200C module: An adapter cable (see Section 3.13) and The programmer connecting cable (Order No. 6XV1 830-1AH..). Rules for Connecting the Programmer to ET 200C Please observe the following rules when connecting the programmer to ET 200C modules: The programmer is plugged into the bus connection of the digital modules via the adapter cable and the programmer connecting cable. The digital module is run over an external power supply. External Power Supply 8DI Adapter Cable Programmer Connecting Cable Figure 6-1 6-2 Connecting the Programmer to the ET 200C ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Startup and Test with COM ET 200 Requirements for Connecting the Programmer to the Field Bus In order to connect the programmer to the SINEC L2-DP field bus, you will require A programmer connector (see Section 3.10), An adapter cable (see Section 3.13) and The programmer connecting cable (Order No. 6XV1 830-1AH..). Rules for Connecting the Programmer to the Field Bus Please note the following rules when connecting the programmer to the SINEC L2-DP field bus: The programmer must be connected to the SINEC L2-DP via the programmer connector. The programmer is plugged into the programmer connector via the adapter cable and the programmer connecting cable. ! Caution If you start up an ET 200C station while the bus is in operation using the programmer connected to the bus, you must note the following: The station cannot be controlled by the master station while the programmer has access to the station! External Power Supply PS SV conn. PG 8DI SINEC L2-DP Adapter Cable 8DO/2A Programmer Connecting Cable External Load Voltage Supply External Load Voltage Supply 8DO 16DI/16DO External Load Voltage Supply for Channel Group Q1 Figure 6-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b External Load Voltage Supply for Channel Group Q0 Connecting the Programmer to the SINEC L2-DP Field Bus 6-3 Startup and Test with COM ET 200 6.2 Starting Up and Testing the ET 200C Distributed I/O Station Assumption The ET 200C distributed I/O station has been assigned a station number with the ET 200 handheld (see Chapter 9). It is now time to start the station with the programmer and COM ET 200 V4.x. Procedure: Select Station The ET 200C station is parameterized as follows: 1. Connect your ET 200C module via an adapter cable and programmer connecting cable to the programmer (using interface module CP5410-S5DOS/ST) (see Section 6.1). 2. Open the "STARTUP/TEST" form of the COM ET 200 V.4x software package (press <F5> in the "FUNCTION SELECTION" form). 3. Enter the station number of the ET 200C station. 4. Confirm the entry with <F6> (ENTER). Result: COM ET 200 V4.x now tries to establish a connection to the station. Result After the connection has been established, the station is assigned the configuration data. Rules The station should now be coded with the current station number. The station number can be changed using the ET 200 handheld. Changing the Baud Rate Note on changing the baud rate: Note It is possible that the ET 200C station will not be admitted to the SINEC L2-DP bus when an incorrect configuration is redefined and the baud rate is changed at the same time. 6-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Startup and Test with COM ET 200 Example In our example, the ET 200C station is to be assigned the station number "3". SIMATIC S5 / COM ET 200 Program file selected: TEST@@ET.200 SYSTEM START-UP/TEST: STATION SELECTED Station number: F1 Figure 6-3 3 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 ENTER HELP EXIT "SYSTEM START-UP/TEST: STATION SELECTED" Screen ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 6-5 Startup and Test with COM ET 200 6.3 Testing the ET 200C Distributed I/O Station Basic Requirement Once you have parameterized your ET 200C station (see Section 6.2), COM ET 200 V4.x automatically goes to the "STARTUP/TEST: STATUS/ CONTROL" form. Procedure: Select Slot The slot of the input/output port is selected as follows: 1. Position the cursor at the slot of the ET 200C, the input status of which you wish to evaluate or the outputs of which you wish to control. 2. Press <F5> (SELECT.). Result: The selected slot is marked with a "*". The slot will be deselected if <F5> (SELECT.) is pressed again. 3. Confirm the selection with <F6> (ENTER). Result The "SYSTEM START-UP/TEST: STATUS/CONTROL" screen for the selected station appears with the following contents: Diagnostics messages for the entire station appear in plain text in the output field "Station status". The digital inputs/outputs are displayed in "KH" format in two tables. Changing the Baud Rate Note on changing the baud rate: Note It is possible that the ET 200C station will not be admitted to the SINEC L2-DP bus when an incorrect configuration is redefined and the baud rate is changed at the same time. 6-6 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Startup and Test with COM ET 200 The digital module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A is tested in our example. Example SIMATIC S5 / COM ET 200 Program file selected: TEST@@ET.200 START-UP / TEST: STATUS/CONTROL Station type: C-8DO Station number: 6 DP Station name: PRESS Station status: Slot: 0 Identifier: 032 Force Outputs KH = 13 Status Inputs Status of outputs is retained F1 Figure 6-4 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 ENTER HELP EXIT "SYSTEM START-UP/TEST: STATUS/CONTROL" Screen ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 6-7 Startup and Test with COM ET 200 Testing the ET 200C Distributed I/O Station, Continued Procedure: Test Inputs Inputs are tested as follows: 1. Preselect the input signals (sensor signals) for the module. 2. Press <F6> (ENTER). Result: The input data for the selected module and (station) diagnostic data is requested. The diagnosis appears in plain text in the field "Station status". The function key assignments on the screen change. 3. Press <F6> (STOP) to freeze the screen, i.e. to stop the output fields in the line "Inputs" from being updated. Procedure: Test Outputs Outputs are tested as follows: 1. Enter the output signals in the line "Outputs". 2. Press <F6> (ENTER). Result: The output data is transferred cyclically to the selected module. The function key assignments on the screen change. 3. Press <F6> (STOP) to freeze the screen. Example Set outputs for ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A: KH = 13 6-8 Output 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Signal 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B In this Chapter 7 This chapter contains information on diagnosing faults on the ET 200C distributed I/O station. This chapter describes fault detection: via LEDs on the front panel of the module (see Section 7.1) with COM ET 200 V4.x and the programmer (see Section 7.2) via STEP 5 (see Section 7.3) Fault detection via STEP 5 (station diagnostics) is included here for situations where the "diagnostics" master of the ET 200C is an IM 308-B. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 7-1 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B 7.1 Using LEDs to Diagnose Problems Introduction The LEDs on the front of the ET 200C modules provide you with initial information on that type of fault. Fault Display The tables below describe the meanings of the LED signals on the ET 200C modules. Table 7-1 Fault Messages through LEDs on the ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V LED Optical Signal RUN Lit (green) BF Lit (red) Explanation ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V is in the RUN mode (power supply switched on) Either The monitoring time has elapsed without the ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V being addressed (because the connection to the IM 308-B is lost or IM 308-B is set to STOP) or The ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V was not parameterized during startup or a restart. DIA Lit (red) 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 Lit (green) (Status LEDs of the inputs) Flashing (red) Lit (red) Group diagnostics of the inputs: Wire breakage, short-circuit/overload at the sensor supply Input active Short-circuit at the sensor supply of the input Wire breakage at the sensor supply 4 LEDs lit (red) Internal blowing of fuse1 8 LEDs lit (red) Either Undervoltage of the module supply or Internal blowing of fuse1 1 7-2 Ask your SIEMENS contact partner ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B Table 7-2 Fault Messages through LEDs of the ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A LED Optical Signal RUN Lit (green) ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A or ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A is in the RUN mode (power supply switched on) UL Lit (green) Load voltage for outputs present BF Lit (red) Explanation Either The monitoring time has elapsed without the ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V or the ET 200C; DO 8 DC24V/2A being addressed (because the connection to the IM 308-B is lost or IM 308-B is in STOP mode) or ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A or ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A was not parameterized during startup or a restart DIA Lit (red) 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 Lit (green) (Status LEDs of the outputs) Flashes (red) Group diagnostics of the outputs: Wire break, short-circuit1/overload or undervoltage at the outputs Output active Short-circuit at the output Lit (red) Wire break at the output 4 LEDs lit (red)2 Internal blowing of fuse3 8 LEDs lit (red)2 Either Undervoltage of the load voltage supply or Internal blowing of fuse3 1 2 3 The diagnostics message remains for a further 20 s (approx.) in the case of ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A after the short-circuit has been eliminated (e.g. when an output is reset). Not with ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A Ask your SIEMENS contact person ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 7-3 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B Using LEDs to Diagnose Problems, Continued Table 7-3 Fault Messages through LEDs of the ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A LED Optical Signal Explanation RUN Lit (green) ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A is in the RUN mode (power supply switched on) UL1 Lit (green) Load voltage for channel group Q0 present UL2 Lit (green) Load voltage for channel group Q1 present BF Lit (red) Either The monitoring time has elapsed without the ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A being addressed (because the connection to the IM 308-B is lost or IM 308-B is in STOP mode) or ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A was not parameterized during startup or a restart DIA Lit (red) 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,10,11,12,13,14,15 Lit (green) Group diagnostics for groups of 4 inputs or 4 outputs: Inputs: wire break, short-circuit1/overload of the sensor supply Outputs: wire break, short-circuit2/overload or undervoltage at the outputs Input or output active (Status LEDs of the inputs/outputs) 1 2 7-4 The sensor supply for all of the inputs in the group of 4 is interrupted in the event of a short-circuit in the sensor supply. The diagnostics message remains for a further 20 s (approx.) after the short-circuit has been eliminated (e.g. when an output is reset). ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B 7.2 Using COM ET 200 V4.x to Diagnose Problems Introduction The COM ET 200 V4.x software package provides the "DIAGNOSTICS" form for diagnostics functions. Requirement The following are prerequisites for using the diagnostics functions: You have a programmer with a CP5410-S5DOS/ST programmer bus interface connected to the SINEC L2-DP bus. You indicated "Programmer connected to the bus: Y" in the ET 200-SYSTEM PARAMETERS" screen. The preset program file is identical to the program file on the E(E)PROM. Procedure: Request Station Diagnosis A station diagnosis is requested as follows: 1. Press <F6> in the "FUNCTION SELECTION" screen to call up the "DIAGNOSTICS: OVERVIEW" screen. Result: The numbers of the station for which diagnostics data is available are listed under "Station number" in the screen. 2. Press <F1> (INDIVIDUAL DIAGNOSTICS). Result: COM ET 200 asks for a "Station number". 3. In the "Station number" entry field, enter the number of the faulty station that you want to investigate further. 4. Press <F6> (ENTER) to be able to evaluate the diagnostics messages of this station. Result After <F6> (ENTER) is pressed, COM ET 200 branches to the "INDIVIDUAL DIAGNOSTICS" screen with the following contents: The diagnostics messages for the entire station are displayed in plain text in the output field "Station status" (see Fig. 7-1). "Device-related diagnostics" provides information on channel-by-channel diagnostics in "KH" format. More detailed information on device-related diagnostics of the ET 200C can be found in Fig. 7-7/7-8. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 7-5 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B Using COM ET 200 V4.x to Diagnose Problems, Continued One or several signaling transmitter lines of the ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V are interrupted or short-circuited in our example. The device-related diagnostics have a length of 7 bytes (incl. header). Example SIMATIC S5 / COM ET 200 Program file selected: TEST@@ET.200 INDIVIDUAL DIAGNOSTICS Station number: 3 Area: P Station type: C-8DI DP Station name: Press control Station status: Device-related diagnostics Byte 0 Byte 5 Device-related diagnostics KH = 00 00 BE 00 00 00 Identifier-specific diagnostics: Slot: Active F1 Figure 7-1 7-6 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 HELP EXIT "INDIVIDUAL DIAGNOSTICS" Screen ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B 7.3 Using STEP 5 to Diagnose Problems (Station Diagnosis) Introduction You can use STEP 5 with the IM 308-B master interface for the systematic pinpointing and diagnosis of faults. STEP 5 Diagnostics Facilities The table below lists the STEP 5 diagnostics facilities: Table 7-4 STEP 5 Diagnostics Facilities Diagnostics Diagnostics "Overview" Diagnostics "Overview" and "Parameter Assignment and Addressability" Content Enables you to determine which stations have diagnostics data pending. Diagnostics for "Parameter assignment and adressibility Enables you to determine which stations have been parameterized and which stations can be contacted. Station diagnostics Provides messages on the status of the slave station and locates the defective input or output. The Diagnostics "Overview" and "Parameter Assignment and Addressability" each require 2 bytes which are organized in words. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 7-7 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B Using STEP 5 to Diagnose Problems (Continued) Station Diagnostics 16 bytes per slave station are reserved for the station diagnostics. The 16 bytes are organized into 8 words. To avoid confusion, the 2 diagnostics bytes of the diagnostics words are referred to below as "Diagnostics address" and "Diagnostics address +1". Table 7-5 Structure of the Station Diagnostics for ET 200C Code Diagnostics address Diagnostics address + 1 0 Station status 1 Station status 2 1 Station status 3 Master address 2 7-8 Manufacturer ID 3 Header (device-related diagnostics) Device-related diagnostics (byte 0) 16DI/16DO: group diagnostics 8DI, 8DO, 8DO/2A: free 4 Reserved (byte 1) Device-related diagnostics (byte 2) 16DI/16DO: free 8DI, 8DO, 8DO/2A: individual diagnostics 5 Free (byte 3) Free (byte 4) 6 Free (byte 5) Free (byte 6) 7 Free Free ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B Request Diagnostics The diagnostics are loaded word by word and transferred to the diagnostics word. (The load and transfer operations in this section refer to the default diagnostics address 252). When you use dual-port RAM addressing, the diagnostics word is located in the basic dual-port RAM page. Before you request diagnostics for dual-port RAM page addressing, you must select the dual-port RAM page. A typical STEP 5 station diagnostics listing is given below: STL Explanation L KY (basic dual-port RAM page number) T PY 255 Page selection (Basic dual-port RAM page number: nx16, n=0,1,..) Load diagnostics (station number: 3...124, code: see Table 7-5) and transfer to the diagnostics word (diagnostics word: in this case PW 252). L KY (station number),(code) T PW 252 L PW 252 L KH (hex-code: no fault) !=F BEB SFB FBx ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Evaluate diagnostics word (hex-code: see Section 7.3.1 to 7.3.5) Fault? Evaluate fault in FBx. 7-9 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B 7.3.1 "Overview" Diagnostics Introduction The diagnostics "Overview" includes all stations for which diagnostics data is available. Request diagnostics "Overview" The STEP 5 program is programmed as follows: 7-10 STL Explanation L KY 127,n T PW 252 Store the value 127 (code for diagnostics "Overview" request) in the "diagnostics address" byte; store the code for the numbers of the stations, from which the diagnostics "Overview" is to be requested, in the "diagnostics address + 1" byte (the diagnostics "Overview" ranges from station (n 16) ... station (n 16 + 15) L PW 252 L KH 0000 !=F BEB SPB FBx Load diagnostics word No station with faults? Evaluate fault in FBx. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B Structure: Diagnostics Word "Overview" The structure of the diagnostics word is as follows after the diagnostics "Overview" has been requested: Diagnostics word Diagnostics overview; n = 0, 1, 2, ..., 7 7 Diagnostics address 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Diagn. address + 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1: Station (n 16 + 8) has sent diagnostics message. 1: Station (n 16 + 9) has sent diagnostics message. . . . 1: Station (n 16 + 15) has sent diagnostics message. 1: Station (n 16) has sent diagnostics message. 1: Station (n 16 + 1) has sent diagnostics message. . . . 1: Station (n 16 + 7) has sent diagnostics message. Figure 7-2 Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Requesting the Diagnostics "Overview" ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 7-11 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B 7.3.2 "Parameter Assignment and Addressability" Diagnostics Introduction The diagnostics for "parameter assignment and addressability" cover all stations which can be parameterized and addressed. Request Diagnostics for "Parameter Assignment and Addressability" The STEP 5 program is programmed as follows: STL Explanation L KY 126,n T PW 252 Store the value 126 (code for diagnostics for "Parameter assignment and addressability" request) in the "diagnostics address" byte; store the code for the numbers of the stations, from which the diagnostics "Parameter assignment and addressability" are to be requested, in the "diagnostics address + 1" byte (the diagnostics range from station (n 16) ... station (n 16 + 15) L PW 252 L KH FFFF Load diagnostics word (all stations (n16)...(n16+15) parameterized with COM ET 200) No station with faults ? !=F BEB SPB FBx 7-12 Evaluate fault in FBx. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B Structure: Diagnostics Word "Parameter Assignment and Addressability" The structure of the diagnostics word is as follows after the diagnostics for "Parameter assignment and addressability" have been requested: Diagnostics word Diagnostics "Parameter Assignment and Addressability"; n = 0, 1, 2, ..., 7 7 Diagnostics address 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Diagn. address + 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1: Station (n 16 + 8) parameterized and addressable 1: Station (n 16 + 9) parameterized and addressable . . . 1: Station (n 16 + 15) parameterized and addressable 1: Station (n 16) parameterized and addressable 1: Station (n 16 + 1) parameterized and addressable . . . 1: Station (n 16 + 7) parameterized and addressable Figure 7-3 Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Requesting the Diagnostics for "Parameter Assignment and Addressability" Diagnostics "Overview" and Diagnostics for "Parameter Assignment and Addressability" The following diagnostics messages can be formed by combining the diagnostics "Overview" and diagnostics "Parameter assignment and addressability": Table 7-6 Overview Combination of the Diagnostics "Overview" and Diagnostics for "Parameter Assignment and Addressability" Parameter assignment and addressability Explanation: Station is ... 0 0 ... not parameterized and not addressable 0 1 ... without faults and addressable 1 0 ... parameterized and not addressable 1 1 ... with faults but addressable ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 7-13 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B 7.3.3 Station Status Diagnostics Introduction The "Station status 1 to 3" bytes provide information on the station. The "Master address" byte contains the address of the master station which parameterized the slave station. Request Station Status 1 and 2 The STEP 5 program is programmed as follows: 7-14 STL Explanation L KY n,0 T PW 252 Store the number of the slave station (n = slave station), of which the station status is to be requested, in the "Diagnostics address" byte; store the code for "Station status 1 and station status 2" (code = 0) in the "Diagnostics address + 1" byte. L PW 252 L KH 000C !=F BEB SPB FBx Load diagnostics word Monitoring is activated. No fault? Evaluate fault in FBx. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B Structure: Diagnostics Word "Station Status 1 and 2" Following request of the station status 1 and 2 (code = 0), the diagnostics word has the following structure: Diagnostics Word "Station Status 1 and Station Status 2", Code = 0 Diagnostics address "Station status 1" 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Diagnostics address + 1 "Station status 2" 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1: Slave station must be parameterized again 1: Slave station cannot continue to operate as long as fault has not been eliminated. 1: Bit is always "1". 1: Monitoring is activated. 1: Slave station is in "FREEZE" mode *. 1: Slave station is in "SYNC" mode *. 0: Bit is always "0". 1: Slave station is deactivated. 1: Slave station cannot be addressed. 1: Slave station is not yet ready for data exchange. 1: The configuration data sent by the master to the slave station does not match the configuration of the slave. 1: Individual diagnostics selected. 1: Requested function is not supported by the slave station. 1: An implausible response has been received from the addressed slave station. 1: Parameterizing error. 1: Slave station has been parameterized by another master. * Indication is only relevant when operated with IM 308-C. Figure 7-4 Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Requesting the Station Status (Station Status 1 and Station Status 2) Note If the slave station was not configured with COM ET 200 (V4.0) when operated with IM 308-B, the structure of the diagnostics word "Station status 1 and station status 2" (KH format) is as follows: Station status: 01H Station status: 44H ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 7-15 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B Station Status Diagnostics, Continued Request Station Status 3 and Master Address Structure: Diagnostics Word "Station Status 3 and Master Address" The STEP 5 program is programmed as follows: STL Explanation L KY n,1 T PW 252 In the "Diagnostics address" byte, the number of the slave station (n = station nuumber) which requests the master address is to be stored; in the "Diagnostics address + 1" byte, the code for the "Station status 3 and master address" (code = 1) is to be stored. L PW 252 L KH 0001 !=F BEB SPB FBx Load diagnostics word Station number of the master = 1? No fault? Evaluate fault in FBx. Following request of station status 3 and the master address (code = 1), the diagnostics word has the following structure: Diagnostics word "Station status 3 and master address, code = 1" 7 Diagnostics address "Station status 3" 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Irrelevant Figure 7-5 7-16 Diagnostics address + 1 "Master address" 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Address of the master which parameterized the slave station Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Requesting the Station Status (Station Status 3 and Master Address) ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B 7.3.4 Manufacturer Identification Diagnostics Introduction The "Manufacturer identification" byte describes the type of slave station. Request Manufacturer Identification The STEP 5 program is programmed as follows: Structure: Diagnostics Word "Manufacturer Identification" STL Explanation L KY n,2 T PW 252 Store the number of the slave station (n = station number), from which the manufacturer identification is to be requested, in the "Diagnostics address" byte; store the code for "manufacturer identification" (code = 2) in the "Diagnostics address + 1" byte. Following request of the manufacturer identification (code = 2), the diagnostics word has the following structure: Diagnostics Word "Manufacturer Identification", Code = 2 Diagnostics Address + 1 Diagnostics Address 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 8010H: 8011H: 8012H: 8013H: Figure 7-6 x ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0) (6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0) (6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0) (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0) (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0) Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Request for Manufacturer Identification ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 7-17 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B 7.3.5 Device-related Diagnostics - Digital ET 200C Introduction The device-related diagnostics indicate which inputs or outputs are defective. The header provides information on the length of the device-related diagnostics. Request Header and Device-related Diagnostics for 16 DI/16 DO The STEP 5 program is programmed as follows: STL Explanation L KY n,3 T PW 252 Store the number of the slave station (n = station number), for which the device-related diagnostics are to be requested, in the "Diagnostics address" byte; store the code for "header" or "device-related diagnostics" (group diagnostics) for 16 DI/16 DO (code = 3) in the "Diagnostics address + 1" byte. Load diagnostics word L PW 252 L KH 0700 !=F BEB SPB FBx 7-18 Fault? Evaluate fault in FBx. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B Structure: Diagnostics Word "Header" and Device-related Diagnostics for 16 DI/16 DO The structure of the diagnostics word is as follows after requesting the header and the device-related diagnostics for ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/DC (code 3): Diagnostics Word "Header" and "Device-Related Diagnostics (16 DI/16 DO)", Code = 3 7 Diagnostics address "Header" 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 Diagnostics address + 1 "Device-related diagnostics" 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 Code for Length of the I/"O individual diagnostics diagnosincl. "header" tics (length = 7 bytes) Output"0...3" defective Output"4...7" defective Output"8...11" defective Output"12...15" defective Input "0...3" defective Input "4...7" defective Input "8...11" defective Input "12...15" defective Figure 7-7 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Requesting the Header and the Device-related Diagnostics of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A 7-19 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B Device-related Diagnostics - Digital ET 200C, Continued Request Device-related Diagnostics for 8 DI, 8 DO and 8DO/2A The STEP 5 program is programmed as follows: STL Explanation L KY n,4 T PW 252 Store the number of the slave station (n = station number), for which the device-related diagnostics are to be requested, in the "Diagnostics address" byte; store the code for "device-related diagnostics" (individual diagnostics) for 8DI, 8DO and 8DO/2A" (code = 4) in the "Diagnostics address + 1" byte. Load diagnostics word L KH 0000 L PW 252 !=F BEB SPB FBx Structure: Diagnostics Word "Device-related Diagnostics" for 8DI, 8DO and 8DO/2A Fault? Evaluate fault in FBx. The structure of the diagnostics word is as follows after requesting the device-related diagnostics of ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V, ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A (code = 4): Diagnostics Word "Device-Related Diagnostics", Code = 4 Diagnostics address + 1 "Device-related diagnostics" Diagnostics address 7 6 5 4 3 2 Reserved 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1: Input/output "0" defective 1: Input/output "7" defective Figure 7-8 7-20 Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Requesting the Device-related Diagnostics of ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V, ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C In this Chapter 8 This chapter contains information on diagnosing faults on the ET 200C distributed I/O station. This chapter describes fault detection via LEDs on the front panel of the module (see Section 8.1) via STEP 5 (see Section 8.2). Fault detection with STEP 5 (station diagnostics) is included here for situations where the "diagnostics" master of the ET 200C is an IM 308-C and an analog module is connected. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 8-1 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C 8.1 Using LEDs to Diagnose Problems Introduction The LEDs on the front of the ET 200C modules provide you with initial information on that type of fault. Fault Display The tables below describe the meanings of the LED signals on the ET 200C modules. Table 8-1 Fault Messages through LEDs on the ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V LED RUN BF Optical signal Lit (green) Lit (red) Explanation ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V is in the RUN mode (power supply switched on) Either The monitoring time has elapsed without the ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V being addressed (because the connection to the IM 308-B is lost or IM 308-B is set to STOP) or The ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V was not parameterized during startup or a restart. DIA 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 (Status LEDs of the inputs) Lit (red) Lit (green) Flashing (red) Lit (red) Group diagnostics of the inputs: Wire breakage, short-circuit/overload at the sensor supply Input active Short-circuit at the sensor supply of the input Wire breakage at the sensor supply 4 LEDs lit (red) Internal blowing of fuse1 8 LEDs lit (red) Either Undervoltage of the module supply or Internal blowing of fuse1 1 8-2 Ask your SIEMENS contact partner ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C Table 8-2 Fault Messages through LEDs of the ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A LED Optical signal Explanation RUN Lit (green) ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A or ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A is in the RUN mode (power supply switched on) UL Lit (green) Load voltage for outputs present BF Lit (red) Either The monitoring time has elapsed without the ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V or the ET 200C; DO 8 DC24V/2A being addressed (because the connection to the IM 308-B is lost or IM 308-B is in STOP mode) or ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A or ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A was not parameterized during startup or a restart DIA 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 (Status LEDs of the outputs) Lit (red) Lit (green) Flashes (red) Lit (red) 4 LEDs lit (red)2 8 LEDs lit (red)2 Group diagnostics of the outputs: Wire break, short-circuit1/overload or undervoltage at the outputs Output active Short-circuit at the output Wire break at the output Internal blowing of fuse3 Either Undervoltage of the load voltage supply or Internal blowing of fuse3 1 2 3 The diagnostics message remains for a further 20 s (approx.) in the case of ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A after the short-circuit has been eliminated (e.g. when an output is reset). Not with ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A Ask your SIEMENS contact person ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 8-3 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C Using LEDs to Diagnose Problems, Continued Table 8-3 Fault Messages through LEDs of the ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A LED Optical signal Explanation RUN Lit (green) ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A is in the RUN mode (power supply switched on) UL1 Lit (green) Load voltage for channel group Q0 present UL2 Lit (green) Load voltage for channel group Q1 present BF Lit (red) Either The monitoring time has elapsed without the ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A being addressed (because the connection to the IM 308-B is lost or IM 308-B is in STOP mode) or ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A was not parameterized during startup or a restart DIA 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,10,11,12,13,14,15 Lit (red) Lit (green) Group diagnostics for groups of 4 inputs or 4 outputs: Inputs: wire break, short-circuit1/overload of the sensor supply Outputs: wire break, short-circuit2/overload or undervoltage at the outputs Input or output active (Status LEDs of the inputs/outputs) 1 2 8-4 The sensor supply for all of the inputs in the group of 4 is interrupted in the event of a short-circuit in the sensor supply. The diagnostics message remains for a further 20 s (approx.) after the short-circuit has been eliminated (e.g. when an output is reset). ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C Table 8-4 Fault Messages through LEDs of the ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit, AI 4 12 Bit and AO 4 12 Bit LED RUN BF Optical signal Lit (green) Lit (red) Explanation ET 200C; analog modules are in the RUN mode (power supply switched on) Fault on the SINEC L2-DP bus Data lines short-circuited Module not parameterized Bus interruption or memory module was reimported with COM ET 200 Windows V1.01. DIA Flashes (red) Lit (red) 1 2 Hardware fault, if BF is also lit2. Fault at inputs/outputs of the analog modules: Configuration/parameterization error (4/8 AI, 4AI, 4AO) Common-mode error (4/8 AI) Short-circuit Sh i i to groundd (4/8 AI, AI 4 AO) Wire breakage (4/8 AI, 4 AI, 4 AO) Measuring range undershot (4/8 AI, 4 AI) Measuring range overshot (4/8 AI, 4 AI) Remedy: Delete configuration of the ET 200C analog module and reconfigure. Ask your SIEMENS contact person. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 8-5 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C 8.2 Using STEP 5 to Diagnose Problems (Station Diagnostics) Introduction You can use STEP 5 for the systematic pinpointing and diagnosis of faults. STEP 5 Diagnostics Facilities The table below lists the STEP 5 diagnostics facilities for operation with IM 308-C: Table 8-5 STEP 5 Diagnostics Facilities, Operation with IM 308-C Diagnostics Master diagnostics Content Registers all slaves for which diagnostics messages are pending. Registers all slaves with which data transfer has taken place within a certain time window Provides information on the operating mode of the DP master Station diagnostics In this Section Provides information on status of the slave and outputs diagnostics for channel groups (modules with diagnostics capability only) Master diagnostics with IM 308-C is dependent on the station type of the slaves. It is described in detail in the manual entitled ET200 Distributed I/O System (Order No. 6ES5 998-3ES12). This section describes station diagnostics with ET 200C. 8-6 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C Structure: Station Diagnostics A certain number of bytes is reserved for station diagnostics of each slave station. The precise number depends on the station type. The tables below illustrate the structure of station diagnostics for ET 200C: Table 8-6 Structure of Station Diagnostics for Digital ET 200C Modules Byte Content Diagnostics byte 0 Station status 1 - PROFIBUS DP standard Diagnostics byte 1 Station status 2 - PROFIBUS DP standard Diagnostics byte 2 Station status 3 - PROFIBUS DP standard Diagnostics byte 3 Master station number - PROFIBUS DP standard Diagnostics byte 4 Manufacturer identification (high) - PROFIBUS DP standard Diagnostics byte 5 Manufacturer identification (low) - PROFIBUS DP standard Diagnostics byte 6 Header (device-related diagnostics) Diagnostics byte 7 Device-related diagnostics 16 DI/16DO: group diagnostics 8 DI, 8DO, 8DO/2A: free Diagnostics byte 8 Reserved Diagnostics byte 9 Device-related diagnostics 16 DI/16DO: free 8 DI, 8DO, 8DO/2A: individual diagnostics Diagnostics bytes 10 to 12 free ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 8-7 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C Using STEP 5 to Diagnose Problems (Station Diagnostics), Continued Table 8-7 Structure of Station Diagnostics for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit Byte Content Diagnostics byte 0 Station status 1 - PROFIBUS DP standard Diagnostics byte 1 Station status 2 - PROFIBUS DP standard Diagnostics byte 2 Station status 3 - PROFIBUS DP standard Diagnostics byte 3 Master station number - PROFIBUS DP standard Diagnostics byte 4 Manufacturer identification (high) - PROFIBUS DP standard Diagnostics byte 5 Manufacturer identification (low) - PROFIBUS DP standard Diagnostics byte 6 Header (identification-related diagnostics) Diagnostics byte 7 Module fault vector Diagnostics byte 8 Header (device-related diagnostics) Diagnostics byte 9 S7 header (S7 alarm): Diagnostics byte 10 Slot number Diagnostics byte 11 Reserved limit value alarm 02H diagnostics alarm 01H Diagnostics alarm Limit value alarm Diagnostics byte 12 System-specific diagnostics Limit value overshoot Diagnostics byte 13 System-specific diagnostics Limit value undershoot Diagnostics byte 14 Free Free Diagnostics byte 15 System-specific diagnostics Free Diagnostics byte 16 Channel type Diagnostics byte 17 Length of diagnostics per channel Diagnostics byte 18 Number of channels Diagnostics byte 19 Channel error vector Diagnostics bytes 20 to 27 Channel-specific diagnostics : Device-related diagnostics 8-8 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C Table 8-8 Structure of Station Diagnostics for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit Byte Content Diagnostics byte 0 Station status 1 - PROFIBUS DP standard Diagnostics byte 1 Station status 2 - PROFIBUS DP standard Diagnostics byte 2 Station status 3 - PROFIBUS DP standard Diagnostics byte 3 Master station number - PROFIBUS DP standard Diagnostics byte 4 Manufacturer identification (high) - PROFIBUS DP standard Diagnostics byte 5 Manufacturer identification (low) - PROFIBUS DP standard Diagnostics byte 6 Header (identification-related diagnostics) Diagnostics byte 7 Module fault vector Diagnostics byte 8 Header (device-related diagnostics) Diagnostics byte 9 S7 header (S7 alarm): Diagnostics byte 10 Slot number Diagnostics byte 11 Reserved limit value alarm 02H diagnostics alarm 01H Diagnostics alarm Limit value alarm Diagnostics byte 12 System-specific diagnostics Limit value overshoot Diagnostics byte 13 System-specific diagnostics Limit value undershoot Diagnostics byte 14 Free Free Diagnostics byte 15 System-specific diagnostics Free Diagnostics byte 16 Channel type Diagnostics byte 17 Length of diagnostics per channel Diagnostics byte 18 Number of channels Diagnostics byte 19 Channel error vector Diagnostics bytes 20 to 23 Channel-specific diagnostics : Device-related diagnostics ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 8-9 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C Using STEP 5 to Diagnose Problems (Station Diagnostics), Continued Table 8-9 Structure of Station Diagnostics for ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit Byte Content Diagnostics byte 0 Station status 1 - PROFIBUS DP standard Diagnostics byte 1 Station status 2 - PROFIBUS DP standard Diagnostics byte 2 Station status 3 - PROFIBUS DP standard Diagnostics byte 3 Master station number - PROFIBUS DP standard Diagnostics byte 4 Manufacturer identification (high) - PROFIBUS DP standard Diagnostics byte 5 Manufacturer identification (low) - PROFIBUS DP standard Diagnostics byte 6 Header (identification-related diagnostics) Diagnostics byte 7 Module fault vector Diagnostics byte 8 Header (device-related diagnostics) Diagnostics byte 9 S7 header (S7 alarm): Diagnostics byte 10 Slot number Diagnostics byte 11 Reserved diagnostics alarm 01H Diagnostics alarm Diagnostics byte 12 System-specific diagnostics Diagnostics byte 13 System-specific diagnostics Diagnostics byte 14 Free Diagnostics byte 15 System-specific diagnostics Diagnostics byte 16 Channel type Diagnostics byte 17 Length of diagnostics per channel Diagnostics byte 18 Number of channels Diagnostics byte 19 Channel error vector Diagnostics bytes 20 to 23 Channel-specific diagnostics : Device-related diagnostics 8-10 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C Request Station Diagnostics In order to request station diagnostics for an ET 200C station, you must call the FB IM308C function block (FB 192) with the function FCT = SD. The FB IM308C places the station diagnostics in the S5 data block of the CPU opened with the FM IM308C call (data block or marker area). It is important to define two memory areas of equal size, in order to ensure that limit-value alarms and diagnostics alarms do not overwrite each other (see Figure 8-1). FB IM308C Length: 4 Bytes 1 Maximum Length: 20 Bytes 1 Slave Diagnostics = Station Diagnostics Figure 8-1 Description Maximum Length: 16 Bytes - 4/8AI 12 Bytes - 4AI, 4AO Diagram Illustrating How Station Diagnostics is Requested with FB IM308C FB IM308C and its use relate to general access to diagnostics data of the IM 308-C and are described in detail in the manual ET 200 Distributed I/O System (Order No. 6ES5 998-3ES12). The example below illustrates how to call station diagnostics with the aid of the FB IM308C and store the information in a data block. The example is followed by a description of how station diagnostics is evaluated. This description is based on the assumption that the diagnostics data is stored in a data block. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 8-11 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C Using STEP 5 to Diagnose Problems (Station Diagnostics), Continued Example: Request Diagnostics with FB IM308C In this example, the FB IM308C (FB 192) is used to request station diagnostics for a slave having station number 3. The diagnostics data will be written to data block DB 10, starting at data word DW 0. Basic structure of the STEP 5 listing (e.g. in OB 1): STL Explanation :A DB 10 : :SPA FB 192 Name :IM308C DPAD : KH F800 IMST : KY 0,3 FCT : KC SD GCGR : KM 00000000 00000000 TYP : KY 0,10 STAD : KF +0 LENG : KF -1 ERR : MW 134 : :L DR 4 :L KB 2 :!=F :SPB FB 60 Name :LIMITA48 : : : :L DR 4 :L KB 1 :!=F :SPB FB 61 Name :DIA-AL48 : :BE STL: FB 60 Call the FB IM308C DP window: F800 Number of IM 308-C: 0, station number of the slave: 3 SD = read slave diagnostics irrelevant Memory area: 0, block: DB 10 No. of first data word: DW0 Bytes to be transferred: -1 (joker length) fault word: MW 134 Check: Limit value alarm? Store limit value alarm Check: Diagnostics alarm? Store diagnostics alarm Explanation Name :LIMITA48 :A : :L :T :L :T : :BE 8-12 DB 10 DW DW DW DW 6 60 8 61 Move information for limit value alarm to prevent overwriting by subsequent limit value alarms ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C STL: FB 61 Explanation Name :DIA-AL48 :A : :L :T :L :T :L :T :L :T :L :T :L :T :L :T :L :T : :BE DB 10 DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW 6 62 7 63 8 64 9 65 10 66 11 67 12 68 13 69 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Move information for diagnostics alarm to prevent overwriting by subsequent diagnostics alarms 8-13 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C 8.2.1 Diagnosing the station status Introduction The "Station Status 1 ... 3" diagnostics bytes provide information on the station. The "Master station number" diagnostics byte contains the number of the station which parameterized the slave station. Assumption Station diagnostics of an ET 200C module has been requested by the CPU and is stored in a data block (DB), starting at data word DW n. The table below shows the position of the diagnostics data in a data block: Table 8-10 Data word Position of the Diagnostics Data in the Data Block DL DR DW n Station status 1 Station status 2 DW n + 1 Station status 3 Master station number DW n + 2 ... Manufacturer identification ... ... n = starting word address of the diagnostics data in the DB 8-14 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C Read Station Status 1 and 2 The STEP 5 program is programmed as follows: Structure: Station Status 1 and 2 STL Explanation A DB 10 L DW 0 L KH FFC3 UW L KH 0000 !=F BEB SPB FBx Call data block (here: DB 10) Load diagnostics word "station status 1 and station status 2" (here: n = 0) No fault? Evaluate fault in FBx. The structure of the diagnostics word for station status 1 and 2 (in our example DW 0) is as follows: "Diagnostics Word "Station Status 1 and Station Status 2" DL n "Station Status 1" 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 DR n "Station Status 2" 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1: Slave station must be parameterized again. 1: Slave station cannot continue to operate as long as fault has not been eliminated. 1:Bit is always "1". 1: Response monitoring is activated. 1: Slave station is in "FREEZE" mode. 1: Slave station is in "SYNC" mode. 0: Bit is always "0". 1: Slave station is deactivated. 1: Slave station cannot be addressed. 1: Slave station is not yet ready for data exchange. 1: Configuration data sent by the master to the slave station do not match the configuration of the slave. 1: Individual diagnostics selected. 1: Requested function is not supported by the slave station. 1: An implausible response has been received from the addressed slave station. 1: Parameterizing error 1: Slave station has been parameterized by another master. Figure 8-2 Structure of the Diagnostics Word (Station Status 1 and Station Status 2) ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 8-15 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C Diagnosing the Station Status, Continued Read Station Status 3 and Master Station Number The STEP 5 program is programmed as follows: STL Explanation A DB 10 L DR 1 L KB 1 Call data block (here: DB 10), Load diagnostics word "station status 3 and master station number (here = 1)" No fault? !=F BEB SPA FBx Structure: Station Status 3 and Master Station Number Evaluate fault in FBx. The structure of the diagnostics word for station status 3 and master station number (in our example: DW 1) is as follows: Diagnostics Word "Station Status 3 and Master Station Number" DL n + 1 "Station Status 3" 7 6 5 4 3 2 Irrelevant Figure 8-3 8-16 1 DR n + 1 "Master Station Number" 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Station number of the master which parameterized the slave station Structure of the Diagnostics Word "Station Status 3 and Master Station Number" ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C 8.2.2 Diagnosing the Manufacturer Identification Introduction The "manufacturer identification" diagnostics word describes the type of slave station. Assumption Station diagnostics has been requested by the CPU and is stored in a data block DB 10, starting at data word DW n (n = 0). See Table 8-10. Read Manufacturer Identification The STEP 5 program is programmed as follows: STL Explanation A DB 10 L DW 2 L KH 800E Call data block (here: DB 10) Load diagnostics word "manufacturer identification" (e.g. "800EH" for ET200C-4AI) No fault? !=F BEB SPA FBx Structure: Manufacturer Identification Evaluate fault in FBx. The structure of the diagnostics word for manufacturer identification (in our example DW 2) is as follows: Diagnostics Word "Manufacturer Identification" DL n + 2 DR n + 2 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Figure 8-4 x 8010H: ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24 V (6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0) 8011H: ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/0,5A (6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0) 8012H: ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/2A (6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0) 8013H: ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0) 8013H: ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0) 800FH: ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0) 800EH: ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0) 800DH: ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0) Structure of the "Manufacturer Identification" Diagnostics Word ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 8-17 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C 8.2.3 Device-related Diagnostics - Digital ET 200C Introduction Device-related diagnostics indicates which inputs or outputs are defective. The header provides information on the length of the device-related diagnostics. Note Device-related diagnostics is possible only with ET 200C stations which have diagnostics capability. ET 200C stations which do not have diagnostics capability have the value "07H" in the header. The remaining bytes are reserved. Assumption Station diagnostics of a digital ET 200C module has been requested by the CPU and is stored in a data block DB 10, starting at data word DW 0. The length of this device-related diagnostics data is 7 bytes. Position of Diagnostics Data in Data Block The table below shows the position of the diagnostics data in the data block: Table 8-11 Data word Position of Diagnostics Data in the Data Block for ET 200C DL DR DW 0 Station status 1 Station status 2 DW 1 Station status 3 Master station nummer DW 2 Manufacturer identification DW 3 Header (device-related diagnostics) Device-related diagnostics 16DI/16DO: group diagnostics; 8DI, 8DO, 8DO/2A: free DW 4 Reserved Device-related diagnostics 16DI/16DO: free; 8DI, 8DO, 8DO/2A: individual diagnostics DW 5 Free Free DW 6 Free Free n = starting word address of the diagnostics data in the DB 8-18 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C Read Device-related Diagnostics Structure: Header and Device-related Diagnostics for 16 DI/16DO The STEP 5 program is programmed as follows: STL Explanation A DB 10 L DW 3 L KH 0700 !=F BEB SPA FBx Call data block (here: DB 10) Load diagnostics word "header and device-related diagnostics" No fault? Evaluate fault in FBx. The structure of the diagnostics word for header and device-related diagnostics (in our example DW 3) for the ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V is as follows: Diagnostics Word "Header and Device-related Diagnostics" for Digital ET 200C Modules 7 6 DL n + 3 "Header" 5 4 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 Bits are Length of devicealways related diagnostics "0" including header (length = 7 bytes) DR n + 3 "Dev.-rel. Diagnostics" 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Output "0...3" defective Output "4...7" defective Output "8...11" defective Output "12...15" defective Input "0...3" defective Input "4...7" defective Input "8...11" defective Input "12...15" defective Figure 8-5 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Structure of the Diagnostics Word "Header and Device-related Diagnostics" of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V 8-19 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C Device-related Diagnostics - Digital ET 200C, Continued Structure: Device-related Diagnostics for 8DI, 8DO and 8DO/2A The structure of the diagnostics word for device-related diagnostics (in our example: DW 4) for ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V; ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A is as follows: "Diagnostics Word "Device-related Diagnostics" DR n+ 4 "Dev.-rel. Diagnostics" DL n + 4 7 6 5 4 3 2 Reserved 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1: Input/output "0" defective 1: Input/output "7" defective Figure 8-6 8-20 Structure of the Diagnostics Word for "Device-related Diagnostics" for ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V; ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C 8.2.4 Identification- and Device-related Diagnostics - Analog ET 200C Introduction The device-related diagnostics for an analog ET 200C module indicate which faults are reported by the module. The header provides information on the length of the device-related diagnostics. Assumption Station diagnostics of analog ET 200C modules has been requested by the CPU and is stored in a data block DB 10, starting at data word DW n. Position of Diagnostics Data in Data Block The table below shows the position of the diagnostics data in the data block: Table 8-12 Position of Diagnostics Data in Data Block for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit Data word DL DR DW n Station status 1 Station status 2 DW n + 1 Stationsstatus 3 Master stations number DW n + 2 Manufacturer identification DW n + 3 Header - identification-related diagnostics DW n + 4 Header - device-related diagnostics DW n + 5 Slotnummer Module fault vector S7-Header - Diagnosealarm: limit value alarm: 02H diagnostics alarm: 01H Reserved Diagnostics alarm Limit value alarm Diagnostics alarm Limit value alarm DW n + 6 System-specific diagnostics Limit value overshoot System-specific diagnostics Limit value undershoot DW n + 7 Free Free System-specific diagnostics Free DW n + 8 Channel type - AI 4/8, AI 4, AO 4 Length of diagnostics per channel DW n + 9 Number of channels Channel fault vector - one bit per channel DW n + 10 to n + 13 Channel-specific diagnostics Channel-specific diagnostics n = starting word address of the diagnostics data in the DB : Device-specific diagnostics ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 8-21 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C Identification- and Device-related Diagnostics - Analog ET 200C, Continued Table 8-13 Position of the Diagnostics Data in the Data Block for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit Data word DL DR DW n Station status 1 Station status 2 DW n + 1 Station status 3 Master station number DW n + 2 Manufacturer identification DW n + 3 Header - identification-related diagnostics DW n + 4 Header - device-related diagnostics DW n + 5 Slot number Module fault vector S7-header - diagnostics alarm: limit value alarm: 02H diagnostics alarm: 01H Reserved Diagnostics alarm Limit value alarm Diagnostics alarm Limit value alarm DW n + 6 System-specific diagnostics Limit value overshoot System-specific diagnostics Limit value undershoot DW n + 7 Free Free System-specific diagnostics Free DW n + 8 Channel type - AI 4/8, AI 4, AO 4 Length of diagnostics per channel DW n + 9 Number of channels Channel fault vector - one bit per channel DW n + 10 to n + 11 Channel-specific diagnostics Channel-specific diagnostics n = starting word address of the diagnostics data in the DB : Device-specific diagnostics 8-22 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C Table 8-14 Position of the Diagnostics Data in the Data Block for ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit Data word DL DR DW n Station status 1 Station status 2 DW n + 1 Station status 3 Master station number DW n + 2 Manufacturer identification DW n + 3 Header - identification-related diagnostics Module fault vector DW n + 4 Header - device-related diagnostics DW n + 5 Slot number Reserved Diagnostics alarm Diagnostics alarm DW n + 6 System-specific diagnostics System-specific diagnostics DW n + 7 Free System-specific diagnostics DW n + 8 Channel type - AI 4/8, AI 4, AO 4 Length of diagnostics per channel DW n + 9 Number of channels Channel fault vector - one bit per channel DW n + 10 to n + 11 Channel-specific diagnostics Channel-specific diagnostics S7-Header - diagnostics alarm: diagnostics alarm: 01H n = starting word address of the diagnostics data in the DB : Device-specific diagnostics ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 8-23 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C Identification- and Device-related Diagnostics - Analog ET 200C, Continued Structure: Header - Identificationrelated Diagnostics (DW n + 3) The structure of diagnostics word DW n + 3 for identification-related diagnostics of analog ET 200C modules is as follows: Diagnostics Word "Header" for Analog ET 200C Modules 7 DL n + 3 "Header ID Diag." 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 DR n + 3 "ID. Diagnostics" 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 "Bits are Length of 04H for AI 4/8, AI 4, AO 4 always "01" identification-related diagnostics including header: 02H Figure 8-7 Read Device-related Diagnostics Structure of Diagnostics Word for Identification-related Diagnostics (DW n + 3) for Analog ET 200C Modules The STEP 5 program is programmed as follows: AWL Explanation A DB 10 L DL 4 L KH 0008 !=F BEB SPA FBx Call data block (here: DB 10) Load diagnostics word "device-related diagnostics (DW n +4)" No fault? Evaluate fault in FBx. Call other device-related diagnostics by entering the appropriate data words of the DB instead of DWn + 4 (see Tables 8-12, 8-13 and 8-14). 8-24 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C Structure: Header - Device-related Diagnostics (DW n + 4) The structure of diagnostics word DW n + 4 for header - device-related diagnostics of analog ET 200C modules is as follows: Diagnostics Word "Header- Device-related Diagnostics" for Analog ET 200C Modules DL n + 4 DR n + 4 "Header" "Dev.-rel. Diagnostics" 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 Bits are Length of device-related always "0" diagnostics including header: limit value alarm 08H (= 8 Byte): 4/8AI, 4AI, 4AO diagnostics alarm: 10H (= 16 Byte): 4AI, 4AO 14H (= 20 Byte): 4/8AI Figure 8-8 Structure: Device-related Diagnostics (DW n + 5) S7 header diagnostics alarm: 02H (limit value alarm) 01H (diagnostics alarm) Structure of Diagnostics Word "Header - Device-related Diagnostics" (DW n + 4) for Analog ET 200C Modules The structure of diagnostics word DW n + 5 for analog ET 200C modules is as follows: Diagnostics Word "Device-related Diagnostics" for Analog ET 200C Modules DL n + 5 DR n + 5 "Dev.-rel. Diag. "Dev.-rel. Diag. (Byte 1)" (Byte 2)" 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 Slot number: 04H: 4/8AI, 4AI, AO Figure 8-9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reserved Structure of Diagnostics Word "Device-related Diagnostics - Diagnostics Alarm" (DW n + 5) for Analog ET 200C Modules ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 8-25 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C Identification- and Device-related Diagnostics - Analog ET 200C, Continued Structure: Device-related Diagnostics for Diagnostics Alarm (DW n + 6) The structure of diagnostics word DW n + 6 for analog ET 200C modules is as follows: Diagnostics Word "Device-related Diagnostics" for Analog ET 200C Modules 7 DL n + 6 "Dev.-rel. Diag." 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DR n + 6 "Dev.-rel. Diag." 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 always 15H 1: Module defective 1: Internal fault 1: External fault (e.g. wire break) 1: Channel fault 1: No external auxiliary voltage 1: Module not parameterized 1: Parameterization error Figure 8-10 Structure of Diagnostics Word "Device-related Diagnostics - Diagnostics Alarm" (DW n + 6) for Analog ET 200C Modules Structure: Device-related Diagnostics for Diagnostics Alarm (DW n + 7) The structure of diagnostics word DW n + 7 for analog ET 200C modules is as follows: Diagnostics Word "Device-related Diagnostics" for Analog ET 200C Modules 7 DL n + 7 "Dev.-rel. Diag." 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DR n + 7 "Dev.-rel. Diag." 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1: Internal fault (EEPROM fault, 4AI only) 1: Internal fault (analog/digital or digital/analog converter) Figure 8-11 8-26 Structure of Diagnostics Word "Device-related Diagnostics - Diagnostics Alarm" (DW n + 7) for Analog ET 200C Modules ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C Structure: Device-related Diagnostics for Diagnostics Alarm (DW n + 8) The structure of diagnostics word DW n + 8 for analog ET 200C modules is as follows: Diagnostics Word "Device-related Diagnostics" for Analog ET 200C Modules 7 DL n + 8 "Dev.-rel. Diag." 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Type of analog ET 200C: 71H: 4AI, 4/8AI 73H: 4AO Figure 8-12 DR n + 8 "Dev.-rel. Diag." 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Length of diagnostics per channel Structure of Diagnostics Word "Device-related Diagnostics - Diagnostics Alarm" (DW n + 8) for Analog ET 200C Modules Structure: Device-related Diagnostics for Diagnostics Alarm (DW n + 9) The structure of diagnostics word DW n + 9 for analog ET 200C modules is as follows: Diagnostics Word "Device-related Diagnostics" for Analog ET 200C Modules 7 DL n +9 "Dev.-rel. Diag." 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 Number of channels: 04H: 4AI, 4AO 08H: 4/8AI DR n + 9 "Dev.-rel. Diag." 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1: Channel 0 defective (4/8AI, 4AI, 4AO) 1: Channel 1 defective (4/8AI, 4AI, 4AO) 1: Channel 2 defective (4/8AI, 4AI, 4AO) 1: Channel 3 defective (4/8AI, 4AI, 4AO) 1: Channel 4 defective (4/8AI) 1: Channel 5 defective (4/8AI) 1: Channel 6 defective (4/8AI) 1: Channel 7 defective (4/8AI) Indicates defective channel Figure 8-13 Structure of Diagnostics Word "Device-related Diagnostics - Diagnostics Alarm" (DW n + 9) for Analog ET 200C Modules ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 8-27 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C Identification- and Device-related Diagnostics - Analog ET 200C, Continued Structure: Device-related Diagnostics for Diagnostics Alarm (DW n + 10) The structure of diagnostics word DW n + 10 for analog ET 200C modules is as follows: Diagnostics Word "Device-related Diagnostics" for Analog ET 200C Modules 7 DL n + 10 "Dev.-rel. Diag." 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DR n + 10 "Dev.-rel. Diag." 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1: Configuration/ parameterization error (4/8AI, 4AI, 4AO) 1: Common-mode error (4/8AI) 0: Bit is always "0" 1: Short-circuit to ground (4AO) 1: Wire break, feed current monitoring measuring transducer, Pt 100 (4/8AI, 4AO) 0: Bit is always "0". 1: Measuring range undershoot (4/8AI, 4AI) 1: Measuring range overshoot (4/8AI, 4AI) 1: Configuration/ parameterization error (4/8AI, 4AI, 4AO) 1: Common-mode error (4/8AI) Bits immer auf "0" 0: Bit is always "0" 1: Short-circuit to ground (4AO) 1: Wire break, feed current monitoring measuring transducer, Pt 100 (4/8AI, 4AI, 4AO) 0: Bit is always "0" 1: Bit ist immer auf "0". (4/8AI, 4AI) 1: Measuring range overshoot (4/8AI, 4AI) Figure 8-14 Channelspecific diagnostics for channel 0 Structure of Diagnostics Word "Header and Device-related Diagnostics - Diagnostics Alarm" (DW n + 10) for Analog ET 200C Modules Structure: Device-related Diagnostics for Diagnostics Alarm (DW n + 11) 8-28 Channelspecific diagnostics for channel 1 The structure of diagnostics word DW n + 11 for analog ET 200C modules is the same as that of DW n + 10. This diagnostics word describes the channelspecific diagnostics for channels 2 and 3. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C Structure: Device-related Diagnostics for Diagnostics Alarm (DW n + 12) The structure of diagnostics word DW n + 12 for analog ET 200C modules is as follows: Diagnostics Word "Device-related Diagnostics" for Analog ET 200C Modules 7 DL n + 12 "Dev.-rel. Diag." 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DR n + 12 "Dev.-rel. Diag." 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1: Configuration/ parameterization error (4/8AI) 0: Bit is always "0" 0: Bit is always "0" 1: Short-circuit to ground (4/8AI) 1: Wire break, feed current monitoring measuring transducer, Pt 100 (4/8AI) 0: "Bit is always "0" 1: "Bit is always "0" 1: "Bit is always "0" 1: Configuration/ parameterization error (4/8AI) 0: Bit is always "0" 0: Bit is always "0" 1: Short-circuit to ground (4/8AI) 1: Wire break, feed current monitoring measuring transducer, Pt 100 (4/8AI) 0: "Bit is always "0" 1: "Bit is always "0" 1: "Bit is always "0" Figure 8-15 Channel-specific diagnostics for channel 5 Channel-specific diagnostics for channel 4 Structure of Diagnostics Word "Header and Device-related Diagnostics - Diagnostics Alarm" (DW n + 12) for Analog ET 200C Modules Structure: Device-related Diagnostics for Diagnostics Alarm (DW n + 13) The structure of diagnostics word DW n + 13 for analog ET 200C modules is the same as that of DW n + 12. This diagnostics word describes the channelspecific diagnostics for channels 6 and 7 of ET 200C 4/8 AI. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 8-29 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C Identification- and Device-related Diagnostics - Analog ET 200C, Continued Structure: Device-related Diagnostics for Limit Value Alarm (DW n + 6) The structure of diagnostics word DW n + 6 for analog ET 200C modules is as follows: Diagnostics Word "Device-related Diagnostics" for Analog ET 200C Modules 7 DL n + 6 "Dev.-rel. Diag." 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DR n + 6 "Dev.-rel. Diag." 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1: Limit value undershoot, channel 0, (4/8AI, 4AI) 1: Limit value undershoot, channel 1, (4/8AI, 4AI) 1: Limit value undershoot, channel 2, (4/8AI, 4AI) 1: Limit value undershoot, channel 3, (4/8AI, 4AI) 1: Limit value undershoot, channel 4, (4/8AI, 4AI) 1: Limit value undershoot, channel 5, (4/8AI) 1: Limit value undershoot, channel 6, (4/8AI) 1: Limit value undershoot, channel 7, (4/8AI) 1: Limit value overshoot, channel 0, (4/8AI, 4AI) 1: Limit value overshoot, channel 1, (4/8AI, 4AI) 1: Limit value overshoot, channel 2, (4/8AI, 4AI) 1: Limit value overshoot, channel 3, (4/8AI, 4AI) 1: Limit value overshoot, channel 4, (4/8AI) 1: Limit value overshoot, channel 5, (4/8AI) 1: Limit value overshoot, channel 6, (4/8AI) 1: Limit value overshoot, channel 7, (4/8AI) Figure 8-16 8-30 Structure of Diagnostics Word "Device-related Diagnostics - Limit Value Alarm" (DW n + 6) for Analog ET 200C Modules ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Connection of the ET 200 Handheld In this Chapter 9 This chapter describes the connection of the ET 200 handheld for startup and testing of the ET 200C distributed I/O station. In this chapter you will learn which connections are possible for the ET 200 handheld and which rules must be observed. Startup and testing of the ET 200C with the ET 200 handheld are described in the ET 200 Handheld manual. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 9-1 Connection of the ET 200 Handheld 9.1 Connection of the ET 200 Handheld Introduction When connecting the ET 200 handheld to the ET 200C distributed I/O station, the following rules must be observed. Requirement In order to connect the ET 200 handheld to the ET 200C station, you require the adapter cable (see Section 3.13) an ET 200 handheld (from version 4.0) Rules The following rules must be observed when connecting the ET 200 handheld: The ET 200 handheld is plugged - via the adapter cable - onto the bus connector of the digital modules. The ET 200 handheld is either - connected to an unassigned bus connector of the digital module or - the SINEC L2 bus connector must be removed from the ET 200C station and the ET 200 handheld is then plugged onto this bus connector. Note The ET 200 handheld must always be connected in such a way that the power supply for the digital module is not interrupted. The ET 200 handheld must not be plugged onto the programmer connector. Behaviour of the Station Connection of the ET 200 handheld automatically disconnects the ET 200C distributed I/O station from the SINEC L2-DP field bus. A general reset is performed on an ET 200C station if an ET 200 handheld is connected. The "general reset" function enables the station number to be changed. After disconnection of the ET 200 handheld from the station and restoration of the SINEC L2 bus connection (if interrupted) the master takes the ET 200C station back into the bus cycle. 9-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Connection of the ET 200 Handheld Connection Options Depending on the configuration of the ET 200C (see Chapter 2 "ET 200C Configuration Options"), the following connections are possible for the ET 200 handheld: Configuration with power supply connector and without T connector: External Power Supply PS SV conn. 8DI SINEC L2-DP Adapter Cable 8DI Figure 9-1 Connection of ET 200 Handheld for Configuration with Power Supply Connector and without T Connector Configuration with external power supply: External Power Supply 8DI SINEC L2-DP External Power Supply Adapter Cable Figure 9-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 8DI Connection of ET 200 Handheld for Configuration with External Power Supply 9-3 Connection of the ET 200 Handheld Connection of the ET 200 Handheld, Continued Connection Options (Continued) The handheld can be connected in two different ways for the configuration with power supply connector and T connector: - Plug the ET 200 handheld into the unassigned bus connector of the ET 200C station: External power supply 8DI PS SV conn. SINEC L2-DP Adapter Cable Figure 9-3 8DI Connection of the Handheld to the Unassigned Bus Connection of the ET 200C Station for Configuration with Power Supply Connector and T Connector or - Connect the ET 200 handheld to the T connector: External power supply 8DI PS SV conn. SINEC L2-DP Adapter Cable Figure 9-4 9-4 8DI Connection of the Handheld to the T Connector for Configuration with Power Supply Connector and T Connector ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b General Technical Specifications In this Chapter 10 This chapter contains the general technical data. The general technical data comprises a list of all ET 200C modules the standards and specified values which are satisfied by all modules of ET 200C and the criteria applied in testing the modules. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 10-1 General Technical Specifications 10.1 Overview of Digital and Analog Modules for the ET 200C ET 200C Module Order number Description Digital modules: ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24 V 6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0 8 inputs with circular socket connectors ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/0.5A 6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0 8 outputs with circular socket connectors ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/2A 6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0 8 outputs with circular socket connectors ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V 6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0 16 inputs with circular socket connectors 16 outputs with circular socket connectors ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0 16 inputs with cable glands and conduit threads 16 outputs with cable glands and conduit threads ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit 6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0 8 inputs with cable glands and conduit threads measuring principle: integrating ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit 6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0 4 inputs with cable glands and conduit threads measuring principle: successive approximation ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit 6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0 4 outputs with cable glands and conduit threads Analog modules: 10-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b General Technical Specifications 10.2 General Technical Specifications Climatic Environmental Conditions to IEC 1131-2 Drop and topple to IEC 68-2-31 Temperature, operation - 25 ... + 60 C Tested with Temperature, storage/transport - 40 ... + 70 C Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)/ Noise Immunity Height of fall 100 mm Operation Storage/transport max. 10 C/h max. 20 C/h Electrostatic discharge test Discharge on all parts that to IEC 801-2 are accessible to the operator in normal operation Relative humidity 10 ... 100 % Test voltage Temperature change Operation Storage/transport 860 ... 1060 hPa Degree of protection IP to IEC 529 IP 66 / IP 67 (DI16/DO16 not tested) Operating conditions with chemically active pollutants to IEC 654-4 Class 2 660 ... 1060 hPa Field strength 10V/m Fast transient burst to IEC 801-4 2 kV module Operating conditions to IEC 654-3 10 Hzv f < 57 Hz Constant amplitude 0,35 mm 57 Hzv f < 150 Hz Mode of vibration Constant acceleration 5 g Frequency sweeps with sweep rate of 1 octave/min. Vibration period 10 frequency sweeps per axis in each of the 3 axes vertical to each other Operating conditions U.T.1 (corresponds to 100 % frequency) to IEC 654-3 Electromagnetic field test to IEC 801-3 Digital input/output Mechanically Conditions 8 kV air discharge 4 kV relay discharge (relative humidity 30 to 95 %) Atmospheric pressure Analog input/output DC voltage supply Communications interface Type of shock Shock intensity Half sine Direction of shock 6 shocks in each of the 3 axes vertical to each other 30 g peak value, 18 ms duration 2 kV 2 kV Safety Information Insulation rating Between electrically independent circuits and circuits connected to central earthing point Between all circuits and central earthing point Shock-tested to IEC 68-2-27 2 kV Radio interference suppression to DIN VDE 0160 (05.1988) to DIN VDE 0160 (05.1988) to EN 50081-2 for industrial applications Bump test to IEC 68-2-29 Type of shock Shock intensity Half sine Direction of shock 1000 shocks in each of the 3 axes vertical to each other 25 g peak value, 6 ms duration ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 10-3 General Technical Specifications 10-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Digital Modules In this Chapter 11 This chapter contains technical details of the digital ET 200C modules. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 11-1 Digital Modules 11.1 Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 (6ES7 141-0BF00-0BX0) Technical Specifications Baud rates 9.6/19.2/93.75/187.5/500/ 1500/3000 1/60001/ 120001 kbaud Mains buffering (without sensor supply) typ. 20 ms Insulation rating to VDE 0160 DC 24V Supply Voltage for Inputs, Sensor Supply and Internal Logic Nominal value (L+) 24 V DC Permissible range 20 to 30 V (incl. ripple = max. 3.6 V) Nominal insulation voltage 60 V AC (L+ against PE) Value at t < 0.5 s 35 V Short-circuit capability Yes Current consumption Logic Sensor typ. 35 mA Short-circuit current max. 4 A Test voltage 500 V AC Electrical isolation to SINEC L2-DP 500 V Power loss typ. 3.6 W Inputs Weight approx. 900 g Number of inputs 8 200 Connection via 5-pin circular connectors Dimensions (W H D) 100 57 application-specific Diagnostic Functions Voltage monitoring green LED "RUN" SINEC L2-DP bus monitoring red LED "BF" Group diagnostics for short-circuit, overload or wire break of sensor supply red LED "DIA" Status of inputs red LED for individual diagnostics Electrical isolation No Supply voltage for sensors (L+) - 0.8 V Permissible total current max. 4 A per channel max. 450 mA Input voltage 8 red LEDs for supply undervoltage or internal fuse 4 red LEDs for internal fuse green LED for status of inputs 1 5-wire connection per channel This baud rate is only relevant in conjunction with the IM 308-C. Nominal value for "0" signal for "1" signal 24 V DC - 30 ... 5 V 13 to 30 V Input current for "1" signal typ. 4.5 mA at 24 V Wire-break recognition typ. Iv1 mA No wire-break recognition typ. Iw10 mA Short-circuit current limitation typ. 1 A per channel Delay of inputs typ. 1.8 ms (0 1) typ. 1 ms (1 0) Connection of 2-wire BERO Possible Quiescent input v 1.5 mA current Cable length of the inputs 11-2 max. 50 m ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Digital Modules Block Diagram Simplified representation of the potentials of the digital input module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V: L+ L+ M M PE SINEC L2-DP PE 24 V A B Input 5V 12-pin bus connection Logic L+ M PE SINEC L2-DP A B PE Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V: Block Diagram Figure 11-1 Parameterization You define the diagnostics behavior of the ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24 V with the COM ET 200 parameterization software. The table below lists the diagnostics parameters for the ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24 V: Parameters for Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24 V Table 11-1 Byte1 Bit 1 0 Parameter Explanation 1 Enable diagnostics for channel 0 Enable diagnostics messages Enable diagnostics for channel 1 channel by channel 2 Enable diagnostics for channel 2 3 Enable diagnostics for channel 3 4 Enable diagnostics for channel 4 5 Enable diagnostics for channel 5 6 Enable diagnostics for channel 6 7 Enable diagnostics for channel 7 Value range disable enable bl : Default setting in parameterization telegram 1 Byte address in parameterization telegram of slave ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 11-3 Digital Modules Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V (6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0), Continued 5-pin circular connector 12-pin socket connector Dimension drawing for digital input module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24 V: 12-pin socket connector Dimension Drawing Figure 11-2 11-4 Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24 V; Dimension Drawing ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Digital Modules Dimension Drawing Dimension drawing for the digital input module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V with T connector and plug connectors (with pin/socket inserts): 1: Observe the bending radii of the cable when installing the module. Figure 11-3 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24 V; Dimension Drawing with T Connector and Plug Connectors (with Pin/Socket Inserts) 11-5 Digital Modules 11.2 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 (6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0) Technical Specifications Baud rates 9.6/19.2/93.75/187.5/500/ 1500/3000 1/60001/ 120001 kbaud Mains buffering (without sensor and load voltage supply) typ. 20 ms Insulation rating to VDE 0160 DC 24V/0.5A Supply Voltage for Outputs, Load Voltage Supply and Internal Logic Nominal value (L+) 24 V DC Permissible range 20 to 30 V (incl. ripple = max. 3.6 V) Nominal insulation voltage 60 V AC (75 V DC) (L+ against PE) Value at t < 0.5 s 35 V Short-circuit capability Yes Current consumption Test voltage 500 V DC Logic Load Electrical isolation to SINEC L2-DP bus 500 V Short-circuit current Power loss typ. 4.1 W Number of outputs 8 Weight approx. 1000 g Connection via 5-pin circular connectors Dimensions (W H max. 4 A typ. 80 mA Outputs D) 223 100 57 3-wire connection per channel Diagnostic Functions Voltage monitoring green LED "RUN" SINEC L2-DP bus monitoring red LED "BF" Group diagnostics for shortcircuit, overload or wire break red LED "DIA" Status of outputs red LED for individual diagnostics (short-circuit or wire break of outputs) Yes, 500 V Nominal value (L1) 24 V DC Permissible range (incl. 20 to 30 V ripple = max. 3.6 V) 4 red LEDs for internal fuse green LED for status of outputs Voltage supply of outputs Electrical isolation between internal logic and outputs Load voltage supply 8 red LEDs for supply undervoltage or internal fuse 1 typ. 90 mA green LED "UL" supply of outputs This baud rate is only relevant in conjunction with the IM 308-C. Output current for "1" signal Nominal value Permissible range Lamp load 500 mA per channel Permissible total current 4A Residual current for "0" signal max. 0.3 mA Wire break recognition typ. I v 1 mA No wire break recognition typ. I w 10 mA Short-circuit diagnostics signal typ. 1 A 0 to 500 mA per channel max. 5 W Switching frequency at resistive load at inductive load 100 Hz 0.5 Hz Limitation of voltage intyp. (L+) - 50 V duced on circuit interruption Cable length of outputs 11-6 max. 50 m ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Digital Modules Block Diagram Simplified representation of the potentials of the digital output module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A: L1 M PE Output L1 M PE 6-pin load voltage connection L1 M PE SINEC L2-DP 24 V L+ M PE A B 5V Logic 12-pin bus connection SINEC L2-DP L+ M PE A B PE Figure 11-4 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A: Block Diagram ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 11-7 Digital Modules Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A (6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0), Continued Parameterization You define the diagnostics behavior of the ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/0.5A with the COM ET 200 parameterization software. The table below lists the diagnostics parameters for the ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/0.5A: Table 11-2 Parameters for Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/0.5A Byte1 Bit 1 0 Parameter Explanation 1 Enable diagnostics for channel 0 Enable diagnostics messages Enable diagnostics for channel 1 channel by channel 2 Enable diagnostics for channel 2 3 Enable diagnostics for channel 3 4 Enable diagnostics for channel 4 5 Enable diagnostics for channel 5 6 Enable diagnostics for channel 6 7 Enable diagnostics for channel 7 Value range disable enable bl : Default setting in parameterization telegram 1 11-8 Byte address in parameterization telegram of slave ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Digital Modules 12-pin socket connector 6-pin plug connector 5-pin circular connector 12-pin socket connector Dimension drawing for digital output module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/0.5A 6-pin plug connector Dimension Drawing Figure 11-5 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/0.5A; Dimension Drawing 11-9 Digital Modules Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A (6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0), Continued Dimension Drawing Dimension drawing for the digital output module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A with T connectors and plug connectors (with pin/ socket inserts): 1: Observe the bending radii of the cable when installing the module. Figure 11-6 11-10 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/0.5A; Dimension Drawing with T Connector and Plug Connectors (with Pin/Socket Inserts) ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Digital Modules 11.3 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 (6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0) Technical Specifications Baud rates Outputs 9.6/19.2/93.75/187.5/500/ 1500/3000 1/60001/ 120001 kBaud Mains buffering (without sensor and load voltage supply) typ. 20 ms Insulation rating to VDE 0160 500 V DC Electrical isolation to SINEC L2-DP bus 500 V Power loss typ. 4.1 W Weight approx. 1000 g D) 223 100 8 Connection via 5-pin circular connector Electrical isolation between internal logic and outputs Yes, 500 V Load voltage supply S Nominal value (L1) S Permissible range Test voltage H Number of outputs 3-wire connection per channel Nominal insulation voltage 60 V AC (75 V DC) (L+ against PE) Dimensions (W DC 24V/2A 24 V DC 20 ... 30 V (incl. ripple = max. 3.6 V) 57 Diagnostic Functions Output current for "1" signal S Nominal value S Permissible range S Lamp load 2 A per channel 10 mA ... 2 A per channel Voltage monitoring green LED "RUN" SINEC L2-DP bus monitoring red LED "BF" Group diagnostics for short-circuit/overload or wire break red LED "DIA" Status of outputs red LED for individual diagnostics (short-circuit or wire break of outputs)2 Residual current for "0" signal max. 0.5 mA Wire-break recognition green LED for status of outputs typ. I v 1 mA No wire-break recognition typ. I w 20 mA Supply voltage for outputs green LED "UL" for load voltage supply of the outputs Supply Voltage for Outputs, Load Voltage Supply and Internal Logic Permissible total current Ambient temperature: - 25 ... +25 _C +26 ... +40 _C +41 ... +60 _C Short-circuit diagnostics signal max. 5 W max. 10 A max. 8 A max. 4 A typ. 3.5 A Switching frequency S at resistive load S at inductive load 100 Hz 0.5 Hz Nominal value (L+) 24 V DC 20 ... 30 V Limitation of voltage induced on circuit interruption typ. (L+) - 50 V Permissible range Value at t < 0.5 s 35 V Cable length of outputs max. 30 m Short-circuit capability Yes (incl. ripple = max. 3.6 V) 1 This baud rate is only relevant in conjunction with the IM 308-C. 2 The diagnostics signal remains for a further 20 s (approx.) after a short-circuit has been eliminated (e.g. when an output is reset). Current consumption S Logic S Load typ. 90 mA Short-circuit current max. 4 A typ. 80 mA ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 11-11 Digital Modules Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0), Continued Block Diagram Simplified representation of the potentials of the digital output module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A: L1 L1 M M PE 6-pin load PE load voltage connection L1 Output M PE 24 V L+ 5V M PE SINEC L2-DP A Logic B 12-pin bus connection L+ M PE SINEC L2-DP A B PE Figure 11-7 11-12 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A: Block Diagram ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Digital Modules Parameterization You define the diagnostics behavior of the ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/2A with the COM ET 200 parameterization software. The table below lists the diagnostics parameters for the ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/2A: Table 11-3 Parameters for Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/2A Byte1 Bit 1 0 Parameter Explanation 1 Enable diagnostics for channel 0 Enable diagnostics messages Enable diagnostics for channel 1 channel by channel 2 Enable diagnostics for channel 2 3 Enable diagnostics for channel 3 4 Enable diagnostics for channel 4 5 Enable diagnostics for channel 5 6 Enable diagnostics for channel 6 7 Enable diagnostics for channel 7 Value range disable enable bl : Default setting in parameterization telegram 1 Byte address in parameterization telegram of slave ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 11-13 Digital Modules Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0), Continued 6-pin plug connector 5-pin circular connector 12-pin socket connector Dimension drawing for digital output module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/2A 12-pin socket connector Dimension Drawing Figure 11-8 11-14 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/2A; Dimension Drawing ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Digital Modules Dimension Drawing Dimension drawing for the digital output module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A with T connectors and plug connectors (with pin/socket inserts): 1: Observe the bending radii of the cable when installing the module. Figure 11-9 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/2A; Dimension Drawing with T Connector and Plug Connectors (with Pin/Socket Inserts) 11-15 Digital Modules 11.4 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0 and 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0) Inputs Technical Specifications Baud rates 9.6/19.2/93.75/187.5/500/ 1500/3000 1/60001/ 120001 kbaud Mains buffering (without sensor and load voltage supply) typ. 20 ms Insulation rating to VDE 0160 Nominal insulation voltage 60 V AC (75 V DC) (L+ against PE) 500 V DC Electrical isolation to SINEC L2-DP bus 500 V Power loss typ. 4.1 W Weight approx. 3700 g H D) 260 167 Number of inputs 16 Connection 6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0 via 5-pin circular connector (4-wire connection) 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0 via cable gland and conduit thread (4-wire connection) Electrical isolation No Supply voltage for sensors (L+) - 0.8 V Test voltage Dimensions (W DC 24V/2A Permissible total current max. 4 A per channel max. 250 mA Input voltage 83 Diagnostic Functions Voltage monitoring green LED "RUN" SINEC L2-DP bus monitoring red LED "BF" Status of inputs or outputs red LED "DIA" for diagnosing groups of 4 inputs/outputs2 green LED for status of inputs Nominal value for "0" signal for "1" signal 24 V DC -30 ... 5 V 13 ... 30 V Input current for "1" signal typ. 4.5 mA at 24 V Short-circuit current limitation 2.3 A for each group of 4 Delay of inputs typ. 1.8 ms (0 1) typ. 1 ms (1 0) Connection of 2-wire BERO Possible Quiescent input v 1.5 mA current Supply Voltage for Outputs, Load Voltage Supply and Internal Logic Cable length of the inputs Nominal value (L+) 24 V DC Outputs Permissible range 20.4 ... 30.2 V Number of outputs 16 in groups of 8 (incl. ripple = max. 3.6 V) Value at t < 0,5 s 35 V Short-circuit capability Yes max. 50 m Connection with 6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0 Current consumption Logic Load typ. 90 mA Short-circuit current max. 6.3 A typ. 40 mA via 5-pin circular connector (3-wire connection) 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0 via cable gland and conduit thread (3-wire connection) 1 This baud rate is only relevant in conjunction with the IM 308-C. 2 If a short-circuit occurs in the sensor supply of an input, the sensor supply for all of the inputs in the group of 4 will be interrupted. 11-16 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Digital Modules Outputs (continued) Electrical isolation between internal logic and outputs Yes, 500 V Load voltage supply S Nominal value (L1) S Permissible range 24 V DC 20 ... 30 V (incl. ripple = max. 3.6 V) Output current for "1" signal S Nominal value S Permissible range S Lamp load Permissible total current Ambient temperature: - 25 ... +25 _C +26 ... +40 _C +41 ... +60 _C 2 A per channel 20 mA ... 2 A per channel max. 5 W max. 3.5 A per group of 4 max. 2.5 A per group of 4 max. 1.5 A per group of 4 Residual current for "0" signal max. 0.5 mA Wire-break recognition typ. I v 1 mA No wire-break recognition typ. I w 20 mA Short-circuit diagnostics signal typ. 3.5 A per channel Switching frequency S at resistive load S at inductive load 100 Hz Limitation of voltage induced on circuit interruption typ. (L+) - 50 V Cable length of outputs max. 30 m 0.5 Hz ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 11-17 Digital Modules Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0 and 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0), Continued Block Diagram Simplified representation of the potentials of the digital input/output module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A: L1 M PE M PE Output Q0 6-pin load voltage connection L1 M PE SINEC L2-DP M PE Output Q1 24 V L+ M PE A B 5V Logic 12-pin bus connection SINEC L2-DP L+ M PE A B Logic L1 M PE Input PE Figure 11-10 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A: Block Diagram 11-18 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Digital Modules Parameterization You define the diagnostics behavior of the ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V/2A with the COM ET 200 parameterization software. The table below lists the diagnostics parameters for the ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V/2A: Table 11-4 Byte1 0 Parameters for Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V/2A Parameter Enable group diagnostics for DI 16/DO 16 Explanation Value range Enable diagnostics messages for entire module disable enable : Default setting in parameterization telegram 1 Byte address in parameterization telegram of slave ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 11-19 Digital Modules Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0 and 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0), Continued Dimension drawing for the digital input/output module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0): 5-pin circular connector 6-pin plug connector 12-pin socket connector Dimension Drawing ET 200C ET 200C DC 24 V I .0 I .1 I .2 I .3 I .4 I .5 I .6 I .7 I .0 I .1 I .2 I .3 I .4 I .5 I .6 I .7 DIA DI 16/DO 16 Q .0 Q .1 Q .2 Q .3 Q .4 Q .5 Q .6 Q .7 Q .0 Q .1 Q .2 Q .3 Q .4 Q .5 Q .6 Q .7 DIA RUN BF UL1 UL2 SINEC L2-DP +SV UL1 UL2 Figure 11-11 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0); Dimension Drawing 11-20 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Digital Modules Dimension drawing for the digital input/output module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0): Conduit thread 6-pin plug connector 12-pin socket connector Dimension Drawing ET 200C ET 200C DC 24 V I .0 I .1 I .2 I .3 I .4 I .5 I .6 I .7 I .0 I .1 I .2 I .3 I .4 I .5 I .6 I .7 DIA DI 16/DO 16 Q .0 Q .1 Q .2 Q .3 Q .4 Q .5 Q .6 Q .7 Q .0 Q .1 Q .2 Q .3 Q .4 Q .5 Q .6 Q .7 DIA RUN BF UL1 UL2 SINEC L2-DP +SV UL1 UL2 Figure 11-12 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0); Dimension Drawing ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 11-21 Digital Modules Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0 and 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0), Continued Dimension Drawing Dimension drawing for the digital input/output module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0): ET 200C ET 200C DC 24 V I .0 I .1 I .2 I .3 I .4 I .5 I .6 I .7 I .0 I .1 I .2 I .3 I .4 I .5 I .6 I .7 DIA Q .0 Q .1 Q .2 Q .3 Q .4 Q .5 Q .6 Q .7 Q .0 Q .1 Q .2 Q .3 Q .4 Q .5 Q .6 Q .7 DIA RUN BF UL1 UL2 SINEC L2-DP +SV 1) DI 16/DO 16 UL1 UL2 Observe the bending radii of the cable when installing the module. Figure 11-13 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0); Dimension Drawing with T Connector and Plug Connectors (with Pin/Socket Inserts) 11-22 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Digital Modules Dimension Drawing Dimension drawing for the digital input/output module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0): ET 200C ET 200C DC 24 V I .0 I .1 I .2 I .3 I .4 I .5 I .6 I .7 I .0 I .1 I .2 I .3 I .4 I .5 I .6 I .7 DIA Q .0 Q .1 Q .2 Q .3 Q .4 Q .5 Q .6 Q .7 Q .0 Q .1 Q .2 Q .3 Q .4 Q .5 Q .6 Q .7 DIA RUN BF UL1 UL2 SINEC L2-DP +SV 1 DI 16/DO 16 UL1 UL2 Observe the bending radii of the cable when installing the module. Figure 11-14 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI16/DO 16 DC 24 V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0); Dimension Drawing with T Connector and Plug Connectors (with Pin/Socket Inserts) ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 11-23 Digital Modules 11-24 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Analog Modules In this Chapter 12 This chapter contains technical data for the analog modules of ET 200C. In addition to the technical data, this chapter also describes the measurement types and the measured-value presentation of the analog modules. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 12-1 Analog Modules 12.1 Analog Input Module ET 200C; AI 4/8 (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0) Technical Data 12 Bit Inputs (Continued) Transfer rates 9.6/19.2/93.75/187.5/ 500/1500 kbaud Bus protocol DP standard FREEZEable yes Galvanically isolated from SINEC L2-DP bus yes Linearization accuracy in nominal range "1C Power loss typ. 2 W Signal generator connection Weight approx. 1050 g two-wire; four-wire for Pt 100 Input resistance >1 MW Measured value presentation S5: 12 bit + sign S7: 15 bit + sign Overload range approx. 17.5 % Limit value alarm yes, parameterizable for channels 0 and 2 Diagnostics alarm yes, parameterizable Diagnostics information accessible yes Temperature compensation yes, parameterizable Characteristic linearization yes, parameterizable Dimensions (W H D) 200 100 Types N, K, T, U, J, E Type L 57 Diagnostics Functions Voltage monitoring green LED "RUN" SINEC L2-DP bus monitoring red LED "BF" Group diagnostics red LED "DIA, parameterizable Supply Voltage Inputs and Internal Logic Supply voltage (L+) Nominal Permissible range Value for t < 0.5 s Characteristic linearization for the following thermocouples 24 V DC 20.4 ... 30.2 V 35 V to IEC 584 to DIN 43710 Current consumption from L+ Logic 80 mA Inputs Number of inputs 8 voltage inputs or 4 inputs for PT 100 or 8 inputs for thermocouples Galvanic isolation between voltage supply and internal logic yes Test voltage 500 V DC Measured value ranges Voltage sensor Resistance sensor Permissible input voltage for voltage input 12-2 " 80 mV, " 250 mV, " 500 mV, " 1000 mV 0 ... 400 W max. 32 V ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Analog Modules Inputs (Continued) Measuring principle Inputs (Continued) integrating voltage-frequency conversion Operational limit (for entire temperature range, referenced to input range) Integration/conversion time/resolution (per channel) S parameterizable yes S Integration time in ms 2.5 162/3 20 22 19 S Basic conversion time incl. 5 integration time in ms 1 Additional conversion time for resistancemeasurement in ms or 10 Additional conversion time for wire-breakage monitoring in ms or Additional conversion time 16 for resistance measurement and wirebreakage monitoring in ms S Resolution in bits + DT 9 1 10 16 1 10 16 100 102 Error message for S Range overshoot S Wire break on sensor line "1% from 250 to 1000 mV " 0.6 % Thermocouples " 10 K Resistance "5K 1 10 S S S S 16 12 12 14 400 60 50 10 suppression for interference frequency f1 in Hz Permissible potential differential S Input to input S Inputs to MA (UCM) S MA to PE or M 80 mV Basic error (operational limit at 25 _C, referenced to input range) (incl. overload range) S Interference voltage S S S S 80 mV " 0.6 % from 250 to 1000 mV " 0.4 % Thermocouples "7K Resistance "3K Temperature error (referenced " 0.005 %/K to input range) Linearity error (referenced to input range) " 0.05 % Repeat accuracy (in steady state at 25 _C, referenced to input range) " 0.05 % Cable length S shielded max. 30 m max. "1 V max. "1 V max. 75 V DC/60 V AC yes yes, for Pt 100, " 80 mV, thermocouples types N, K, T, U, J, L, E (parameterizable with COM ET 200) Interference voltage suppression for f = n (f1"1 %), (f1 = interference frequency) S Common-mode > 70 dB interference (Upp t2.5 V) S Series-mode interference > 40 dB (peak interference < nominal value of input range) Crosstalk between inputs S at 50 Hz S at 60 Hz ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 50 dB 50 dB 12-3 Analog Modules ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0), Continued Block Diagram Simplified representation of the potentials of the ET 200C analog input module; AI 4/8 12 bit: Galvanic isolation CH 0 Channel activation CH 1 A SINEC L2-DP Control logic * * * + External compensation D Internal supply * * * Internal compensation CH 6 CH 7 L+ 24 V M ET200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit: Block Diagram Figure 12-2 12-4 CH7 + V - M ANA + M ANA - CH6 + V CH3 + - - CH5 + V - - + - CH4 + V CH2 + - CH3 + V + Screw terminals, labels for thermocouples and voltage sensors - CH2 + V - - CH1 + - CH1 + V + V - CH0 + COMP - Fig. 12-2 shows the screw terminals and their assignments in the ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit: + Screw Terminals CH0 + Figure 12-1 Screw terminals, labels for resistance thermometer Screw Terminals and Their Assignments in the ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Analog Modules Parameterization You parameterize the ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 bit with the aid of the COM ET 200 Windows parameterization software. Where to Look Parameterization of the ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 bit with COM ET 200 Windows is described in detail in the Help system integrated in the COM ET 200 Windows program. The manual entitled ET 200 Distributed I/O System (Order No. 6ES5 998-3ES12) contains detailed descriptions of how to use COM ET 200 Windows. All the parameters for the ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 bit are described in the table below: Table 12-1 Parameters for ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit Byte1 Bit 08 0 Enable diagnostics CH 0/1 1 Enable diagnostics CH 2/3 2 Enable diagnostics CH 4/5 3 Enable diagnostics CH 6/7 0 Enable wire-breakage message CH 0/1 1 Enable wire-breakage message CH 2/3 2 Enable wire-breakage message CH 4/5 3 Enable wire-breakage message CH 6/7 6 Enable diagnostics alarm Enable diagnostics alarm of module 7 Enable limit value alarm Enable limit value alarm of module 09 15 16 Parameter 0 ... 1 Integration time CH 0/1 2 ... 3 Integration time CH 2/3 4 ... 5 Integration time CH 4/5 Explanation Range of values Enable diagnostics messages by channel groups disable enable bl Enable wire-breakage detect. by channel groups disable enable Set integration time by channel groups disable enable 2.5 ms 16.77 ms 16 20 ms 100 ms 6 ... 7 Integration time CH 6/7 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 12-5 Analog Modules ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 Continued Table 12-1 Byte1 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0), Parameters for ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 Bit Parameter 12 Bit, Continued Explanation Range of values 17 0 ... 7 Measurement type / Set measurement type and measuring measuring range CH 0/1 range for channel group CH 0/1 18 0 ... 7 Measurement type / Set measurement type and measuring measuring range CH 2/3 range for channel group CH 2/3 19 0 ... 7 Measurement type / Set measurement type and measuring measuring range CH 4/5 range for channel group CH 4/5 20 0 ... 7 Measurement type / Set measurement type and measuring measuring range CH 6/7 range for channel group CH 6/7 21 0 ... 7 Upper limit value CH 0 Set upper limit value for channel 0 0 -32768 ... 32767 22 0 ... 7 Lower limit value CH 0 Set lower limit value for channel 0 0 -32768 ... 32767 23 0 ... 7 Upper limit value CH 2 Set upper limit value for channel 2 0 -32768 ... 32767 24 0 ... 7 Lower limit value CH 2 Set lower limit value for channel 2 0 -32768 ... 32767 34 2 Measured value presentation Channel not activated g of values for Range measurement type / measuring range: see Table 12-2 Present measured value for master system S5 or S7 S5 S7 : Default setting in parameterization telegram 1 Byte address in parameterization telegram of slave Table 12-2 Parameters for ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit: Range of Values, Bytes 25 to 28 Explanation Range of values for bytes 17 to 20 Channel not activated No measurement on this channel Measurement type " 80 mV Measuring range " 80 mV Measurement type " 0.25 V Measuring range " 0.25 V Measurement type " 0.5 V Measuring range " 0.5 V Measurement type " 1 V Measuring range " 1 V Measurement type 48 ohms resistance Measurement with 48 ohms resistance Measurement type 150 ohms resistance Measurement with 150 ohms resistance Measurement type 300 ohms resistance Measurement with 300 ohms resistance Measurement type 600 ohms resistance Measurement with 600 ohms resistance 12-6 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Analog Modules Table 12-2 Parameters for ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit: Range of Values, Bytes 25 to 28, Continued Range of values for bytes 17 to 20 Explanation Measurement type Pt100 climatic Measurement with Pt100 resistance thermometer (climatic) Measurement type Ni100 climatic Measurement with Ni100 resistance thermometer (climatic) Measurement type Pt100 standard Measurement with Pt100 resistance thermometer (standard) Measurement type Ni100 standard Measurement with Ni100 resistance thermometer (standard) Measurement type th.cpl., type N int. Thermocouple measurement type N with internal compensation Measurement type th.cpl., type E int. Thermocouple measurement type E with internal compensation Measurement type th.cpl., type J int. Thermocouple measurement type J with internal compensation Measurement type th.cpl., type L int. Thermocouple measurement type L with internal compensation Measurement type th.cpl., type T int. Thermocouple measurement type T with internal compensation Measurement type th.cpl., type K int. Thermocouple measurement type K with internal compensation Measurement type th.cpl., type U int. Thermocouple measurement type U with internal compensation Measurement type th.cpl., type N int./lin. Thermocouple measurement type N with internal compensation and linearization Measurement type th.cpl., type E int./lin. Thermocouple measurement type E with internal compensation and linearization Measurement type th.cpl., type J int./lin. Thermocouple measurement type J with internal compensation and linearization Measurement type th.cpl., type L int./lin. Thermocouple measurement type L with internal compensation and linearization Measurement type th.cpl., type T int./lin. Thermocouple measurement type T with internal compensation and linearization Measurement type th.cpl., type K int./lin. Thermocouple measurement type K with internal compensation and linearization Measurement type th.cpl., type U int./lin. Thermocouple measurement type U with internal compensation and linearization Measurement type th.cpl., type N ext. Thermocouple measurement type N with external compensation Measurement type th.cpl., type E ext. Thermocouple measurement type E with external compensation Measurement type th.cpl., type J ext. Thermocouple measurement type J with external compensation Measurement type th.cpl., type L ext. Thermocouple measurement type L with external compensation Measurement type th.cpl., type T ext. Thermocouple measurement type T with external compensation Measurement type th.cpl., type K ext. Thermocouple measurement type K with external compensation Measurement type th.cpl., type U ext. Thermocouple measurement type U with external compensation Measurement type th.cpl., type N ext./lin. Thermocouple measurement type N with external compensation and linearization Measurement type th.cpl., type E ext./lin. Thermocouple measurement type E with external compensation and linearization Measurement type th.cpl., type J ext./lin. Thermocouple measurement type J with external compensation and linearization Measurement type th.cpl., type L ext./lin. Thermocouple measurement type L with external compensation and linearization Measurement type th.cpl., type T ext./lin. Thermocouple measurement type T with external compensation and linearization Measurement type th.cpl., type K ext./lin. Thermocouple measurement type K with external compensation and linearization Measurement type th.cpl., type U ext./lin. Thermocouple measurement type U with external compensation and linearization ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 12-7 Analog Modules ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0), Continued Analog Value Presentation, SIMATIC S5 Table 12-3 The analog values of ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit for SIMATIC S5 are presented as complements of twos (range: - 2048 ... + 2047 units). The table below shows the analog value presentation for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 bit: Presentation of an Analog Input Value as Bit Pattern for SIMATIC S5 with ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit High byte 14 Low byte Bit number 15 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Analog value presentation DT 211 210 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 X F O Bits 0 ... 2 and 15 are without significance for the amount of the measured value. These bits are described in detail in Table 12-4. Supplementary Bits Bits 0 ... 2 and 15 in the bit pattern of the analog input value have the following significance: Table 12-4 Bit Significance Signal state O Overflow bit 1 Range overshoot1 F Error bit 1 Wire break; the value read is invalid DT Sign 0 Sign "+" 1 Sign "-" - - X 1 12-8 Description of Bits for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit Irrelevant Significance of the signal state An overflow at one measuring point has no effect on the overflow bits of the other channels; i.e. the values of the other channels are correct and can be evaluated. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Analog Modules Table of Measured Values Table 12-5 The table below shows the relationship between analog and digitized measured values for the measuring ranges: " 80 mV, " 250 mV, " 500 mV and " 1000 mV. Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 " 500 mV and " 1000 mV) Units 12 Bit (Measuring Ranges: " 80 mV, " 250 mV, Digitized measured value Measured value in mV X F O "80 mV "250 mV "500 mV "1000 mV > 2409 94.10 294.07 588.13 1176.26 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 2408 94.06 293.95 587.89 1175.78 : : : : : 2049 80.04 250.12 500.24 1000.48 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2048 80.00 250.0 500.0 1000.0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1024 40.00 125.00 250.00 500.00 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.039 0.12 0.24 0.48 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -0.039 -0.12 -0.24 -0.48 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 : -40.00 -125.00 -250.00 -500.00 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -2048 -80.00 -250.0 -500.0 -1000.0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -2049 -80.04 -250.12 -500.24 -1000.48 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 : : : : : -2408 -94.06 -293.95 587.89 -1175.78 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 < -2409 -94.10 -294.07 -588.13 -1176.26 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Overflow 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1024 : Range Overload range Nominal range Overload range Overflow 12-9 Analog Modules ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0), Continued Table of Measured Values Table 12-6 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit with Resistance Sensors Resistance in W Temperature in C > 400 > 883 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1766 883 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 : : 1702 851 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 Units > 1766 1 The table below shows the relationship between analog and digitized measured values for resistance sensors (Pt 100): Digitized measured value X F O Range 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Overflow Overload range1 : 1700 390.26 850 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1400 345.13 700 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1000 280.90 500 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 600 212.02 300 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 300 157.31 150 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 200 138.50 100 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 100.39 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 -0 100.00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -40 92.16 -20 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 -80 84.27 -40 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -200 60.25 -100 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 -202 -101 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 : : -494 -247 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 < -494 < -247 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 Nominal range Overload range1 : Overflow In the overload range, the characteristic retains the angle adopted on leaving the linearized nominal range. 12-10 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Analog Modules Table of Measured Values Table 12-7 Units The three tables below contain the relationships between analog and digitized measured values for thermocouples of types K, J and L. Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit with Linearization; Type K Thermocouple (Nickel-Chromium/Nickel-Aluminum, to IEC 584) Thermal e.m.f. in mV1 Temperature in C C 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 > 2359 7 6 X F O Range 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1370 Overflow 1370 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 Overload range2 1369 54.773 1369 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1000 41.269 1000 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 500 20.640 500 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 150 6.137 150 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 100 4.095 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.039 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -0.039 -1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 -100 -3.553 -100 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 -101 -3.584 -101 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 Precision -150 -4.912 -150 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 v2K -200 -5.891 -200 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 -201 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 Overload range2 -201 -273 X 1 2 Digitized measured value X Nominal range 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 Overflow X X X X X X X X X X X X X 0 1 0 Wire break For a reference temperature 0 C In the overload range, the characteristic retains the angle adopted on leaving the linearized nominal range. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 12-11 Analog Modules ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0), Continued Table 12-8 Units Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit with Linearization; Type J Thermocouple (Iron/Copper-Nickel (Constantan), to IEC 584) Thermal e.m.f. in mV1 Temperature in C C 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 1485 7 6 X F O Range 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1201 Overflow 1201 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 Overload range2 1200 69.536 1200 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1000 57.942 1000 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 500 27.388 500 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 100 5.268 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.05 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -0.05 -1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 -100 -4.632 -100 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 -150 -6.499 -150 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 -199 -7.868 -199 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 -200 -7.890 -200 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 -201 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 Overload range2 -201 -273 X 1 2 Digitized measured value X Nominal range 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 Overflow X X X X X X X X X X X X X 0 1 0 Wire break For a reference temperature 0 C In the overload range, the characteristic retains the angle adopted on leaving the linearized nominal range. 12-12 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Analog Modules Table 12-9 Units Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit with Linearization; Type L Thermocouple (Iron/Copper-Nickel (Constantan), to DIN 43710) Thermal e.m.f. in mV1 Temperature in C C 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 1361 7 6 X F O Range 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 901 Overflow 901 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 Overload range2 900 53.14 900 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 500 27.85 500 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 250 13.75 250 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 100 +5.37 100 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.05 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -0.05 -1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 -100 -4.75 -100 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 -150 -6.60 -150 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 -190 -7.86 -190 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 -199 -8.12 -199 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 -200 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 Overload range2 -200 -273 X 1 2 Digitized measured value X Nominal range 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 Overflow X X X X X X X X X X X X X 0 1 0 Wire break For a reference temperature 0 C In the overload range, the characteristic retains the angle adopted on leaving the linearized nominal range. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 12-13 Analog Modules ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 Continued Analog Value Presentation, SIMATIC S7 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0), The analog values of ET 200C; AI 4/8 presented as complements of twos. 12 Bit for SIMATIC S7 are The table below shows the analog value presentation for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit: Table 12-10 Presentation of an Analog Input Value as Bit Pattern for SIMATIC S7 with ET 200C; AI 4/8 High byte 14 13 12 11 12 Bit Low byte Bit number 15 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Analog value presentation DT 214 213 212 211 210 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 Bit 15 is without significance for the amount of the measured value. It merely represents the sign. Table of Measured Values The table below shows the digitized measured values of the ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 for the measuring ranges: " 80 mV, " 250 mV, " 500 mV and " 1000 mV. Table 12-11 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 " 500 mV and " 1000 mV) Measuring range " 80 mV Measuring range " 250 mV Measuring range " 500 mV 12 Bit (Measuring Ranges: " 80 mV, " 250 mV, Measuring range "1V Units decimal hexadecimal w 94.074 w 293.98 w 587.96 w 1.176 32767 7FFFH 94.071 293.97 587.94 1.175 32511 7EFFH : : : : : : 80.003 250.01 500.02 1.00004 27649 6C01H 80.000 250.00 500.00 1.000 27648 6C00H 60.000 187.50 375.00 0.750 20736 5100H : : : : : : - 187.50 - 375.00 - 0.750 -20736 AF00H - 80.000 - 250.00 - 500.00 -1.000 -27648 9400H - 80.003 - 250.01 - 500.02 - 1.00004 -27649 93FFH : : : : : - 94.074 - 293.98 - 587.96 - 1.175 -32512 8100H v- 94.077 v- 293.99 v- 588.98 v- 1.176 -32768 8000H 12-14 Overflow Overload O l d range Nominal range - 60.000 : Range Underdrive U d di range Underrun ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Analog Modules Table of Measured Values The table below shows the digitized measured values for the ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit for resistance sensors (Pt 100): Table 12-12 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 Resistance Sensors Decimal Hexadecimal Range w1000.1 32767 7FFFH Overflow 1000.0 10000 2710H Temperature range standard Pt 100 850 C : : : 850.1 8501 2135H 850.0 8500 2134H : : : -200.0 -2000 F830H -200.1 -2001 F82FH : Table of Measured Values 12 Bit for Pt 100 : : -243.0 -2430 F682H v- 243.1 -32768 8000H Overload range Nominal range Underdrive range Underrun The four tables below show the digitized measured values for thermocouples of types K, N, J and E. Table 12-13 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 Thermocouple Temperature range in C Type K 12 Bit for Type K Decimal Hexadecimal Range w1623 32767 7FFFH Overflow 1622 16220 3FSCH : : 1373 13730 35A2H 1372 13720 3598H : : : : -270 -2700 F574H v-271 -2710 F573H Overload range Nominal range Underdrive range If wiring is incorrect or an error occurs in the sensor in the negative, the analog input module reports underrun if F0C5H is undershot and outputs 8000H. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 12-15 Analog Modules ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 Continued 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0), Table 12-14 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 Thermocouple 12 Bit for Type N Decimal Hexadecimal Range w1551 32767 7C8CH Overflow 1550 15500 3C8CH : : 1301 13010 32D2H 1300 13000 32C8H Temperature range in C Type N : : : : -270 -2700 F574H v-271 -2710 F573H Overload range Nominal range Underdrive range If wiring is incorrect or an error occurs in the sensor in the negative, the analog input module reports underrun if F0C5H is undershot and outputs 8000H. Table 12-15 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 Thermocouple 12 Bit for Type J Decimal Hexadecimal Range w1451 32767 7FFFH Overflow 1450 14500 38A4H Temperature range in C Type J : : : 1201 12010 2EEAH 1200 12000 2EE0H : : : -210.0 -2100 F7CCH v-211 -2110 F7C2H Overload range Nominal range Underdrive range If wiring is incorrect or an error occurs in the sensor in the negative, the analog input module reports underrun if F0C5H is undershot and outputs 8000H. 12-16 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Analog Modules Table 12-16 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 Thermocouple Temperature range in C Type E 12 Bit for Type E Decimal Hexadecimal Range w1201 32767 7FFFH Overflow 1200 12000 2EE0H : : : 1001 10010 271AH 1000 10000 2710H : : : -270 -2700 F574H v-271 -2710 F573H Overload range Nominal range Underdrive range If wiring is incorrect or an error occurs in the sensor in the negative, the analog input module reports underrun if F0C5H is undershot and outputs 8000H. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 12-17 Analog Modules ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0), Continued Conduit thread 12-pin socket connector Dimensional drawing for ET 200C analog input module; AI 4/8 12 Bit: 12-pin socket connector Dimensional Drawing Figure 12-3 12-18 ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit: Dimensional Drawing ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Analog Modules Dimensional Drawing Dimensional drawing for ET 200C analog input module; AI 4/8 12 Bit with T connector: 1: The bending radii of the cable must be taken into account for installation. Figure 12-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit: Dimensional Drawing with T connector 12-19 Analog Modules 12.2 ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 Technical Data Inputs (Continued) Transfer rates 9.6/19.2/93.75/187.5/ 500/1500 kbaud Bus protocol DP standard Galvanically isolated from SINEC L2-DP bus yes Power loss typ. 3.0 W Weight approx. 950 g Dimensions (W x H x D) 200 100 57 Diagnostics Functions Voltage monitoring green LED "RUN" SINEC L2-DP bus monitoring red LED "BF" Group diagnostics red LED "DIA", parameterizable Supply Voltage Inputs and Internal Logic Supply voltage (L+) Nominal Permissible range Value for t < 0.5 s 24 V DC 20.4 ... 30.2 V 35 V Current consumption from L+ Logic 130 mA/24V Inputs Number of inputs 4 Galvanic isolation between voltage supply and internal logic yes Test voltage 500 V DC Measured value ranges Voltage sensor Signal generator connection " 1.25 V, " 2.5 V, " 5 V, " 10 V " 20 mA, 0 - 20 mA, 4 - 20 mA two-wire Input resistance Voltage sensor Current sensor Measured value presentation > 1 MW 125 W 12 Bit + sign Current sensor Measuring principle momentary value encryption (successive approximation) Encryption time 250 ms per input Cycle time of the module approx. 2 ms (without system reaction time) 12-20 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0) Permissible potential differential Input to input Inputs to MA (UCM) MA to PE or M max. "10 V max. "1 V max. 75 V DC/60 V AC Error message for Range overshoot yes Interference voltage suppression for f = n (50/60 Hz " 1%) n = 1, 2, ... Common-mode min. 60 dB interference (Upp t1 V) Basic error Voltage ranges Current ranges 0.15 % 0.25 % Operational limit (0 ... 60 C) Voltage ranges Current ranges 0.30 % Permissible input voltage max. " 25 V-1 channel, " 16 V-4 channels or " 75 V (pulse for max. 1 ms and sampling ratio of 1:20) max. 31 mA Permissible input current Cable length shielded 0.45 % max. 30 m Limit value alarm yes, parameterizable for channels 0 and 2 Diagnostics alarm yes, parameterizable Diagnostics information accessible yes ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Analog Modules Block Diagram Simplified representation of the potentials of the ET 200C analog input module; AI 4 12 Bit: Galvanic isolation CH 0 Channel activation CH 1 A SINEC L2-DP Control logic D CH 2 Internal supply CH 3 L+ 24 V M ET200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit: Block Diagram ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b MANA + VA CH3 + VA CH2 + VA CH1 CH0 Figure 12-6 - Fig. 12-6 shows the screw terminals and their assignments in the ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit: + Screw Terminals VA Figure 12-5 Screw Terminals with Assignments in the ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit 12-21 Analog Modules ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 Continued 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0), Parameterization You parameterize the ET 200C; AI 4 12 bit with the aid of the COM ET 200 Windows parameterization software. Where to Look Parameterization of the ET 200C; AI 4 12 bit with COM ET 200 Windows is described in detail in the Help system integrated in the COM ET 200 Windows program. The manual entitled ET 200 Distributed I/O System (Order No. 6ES5 998-3ES12) contains detailed descriptions of how to use COM ET 200 Windows. All the parameters for the ET 200C; AI 4 below: Table 12-17 Parameters for ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 Byte1 Bit 08 0 Enable diagnostics CH 0 1 Enable diagnostics CH 1 2 Enable diagnostics CH 2 3 Enable diagnostics CH 3 6 7 09 Parameter 12 Bit are described in the table 12 Bit Explanation Range of values Enable diagnostics messages by channel groups disable enable bl Enable diagnostics alarm Enable diagnostics alarm of module disable enable Enable limit value alarm Enable limit value alarm of module 17 0 ... 7 Measurement type / measuring range CH 0 Set measurement type and measuring range for channel CH 0 18 0 ... 7 Measurement type / measuring range CH 1 Set measurement type and measuring range for channel CH 1 19 0 ... 7 Measurement type / measuring range CH 2 Set measurement type and measuring range for channel CH 2 20 0 ... 7 Measurement type / measuring range CH 3 Set measurement type and measuring range for channel CH 3 21 0 ... 7 Upper limit value CH 0 Set upper limit value for channel CH 0 0 -32768 ... 32767 23 0 ... 7 Lower limit value CH 0 Set lower limit value for channel CH 0 0 -32768 ... 32767 12-22 Channel not activated Measurement type " 1.25 V Measurement type " 2.5 V M t type t Measurement "5V Measurement type " 10 V Measurement type " 20 mA Measurement type 0 ... 20 mA Measurement type 4 ... 20 mA ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Analog Modules Table 12-17 Parameters for ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit, Continued Byte1 Bit Parameter Explanation Range of values 25 0 ... 7 Upper limit value CH 2 Set upper limit value for channel CH 2 0 -32768 ... 32767 27 0 ... 7 Lower limit value CH 2 Set lower limit value for channel CH 2 0 -32768 ... 32767 34 2 Measured value presentation Present measured value for master system S5 or S7 S5 S7 : Default setting in parameterization telegram 1 Byte address in parameterization telegram of slave ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 12-23 Analog Modules ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0), Continued Analog Value Presentation, SIMATIC S5 The analog values of ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit for SIMATIC S5 are presented as complements of twos (range: - 2048 ... + 2047 units). The table below shows the analog value presentation for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit: Table 12-18 Presentation of an Analog Input Value as Bit Pattern for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit High byte 14 Low byte Bit number 15 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Analog value presentation DT 211 210 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 X F O Bits 0 ... 2 and 15 are without significance for the amount of the measured value. These bits are described in detail in Table 12-19. Supplementary Bits Bits 0 ... 2 and 15 in the bit pattern of the analog input value have the following significance: Table 12-19 Description of bits for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit Bit Significance Signal state O Overflow bit 1 Range overshoot1 F Error bit 1 Wire break; the value read is invalid DT Sign 0 Sign "+" 1 Sign "-" - - X 1 12-24 Irrelevant Significance of the signal state An overflow at one measuring point has no effect on the overflow bits of the other channels; i.e. the values of the other channels are correct and can be evaluated. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Analog Modules Table of Measured Values The table below shows the relationship between analog and digitized measured values for the measuring ranges: " 1.25 V, " 2.5 V, " 5 V, " 10 V. Table 12-20 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 " 5 V, " 10 V) Units Measured value in V 12 Bit (Measuring Ranges: " 1.25 V, " 2.5 V, Digitized measured value X F O "1.25V "2.5V "5V "10V 2407 1.4695 2.9389 5.8778 11.7558 : 1 2406 1.4689 2.9377 5.8754 11.7509 : 0 : : : : : : 0 2049 1.2506 2.5012 5.0024 10.0049 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2048 1.2500 2.5000 5.0000 10.0000 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2047 1.2494 2.4988 4.9976 9.9951 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 2046 1.2488 2.4975 4.9951 9.9902 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 : : : : : 1 0.0006 0.0012 0.0024 0.0049 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -0.0006 -0.0012 -0.0024 -0.0049 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 : : : : : -2047 -1.2494 -2.4988 -4.9976 -9.9951 -2048 -1.2500 -2.5000 -5.0000 -10.0000 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -2049 -1.2506 -2.5012 -5.0024 -10.0049 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 -2050 -1.2512 -2.5024 -5.0048 -10.0098 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 : : : : : : 0 -2406 -1.4689 2.9377 -5.8754 -11.7509 : 0 -2407 -1.4695 -2.9389 -5.8778 -11.7558 : 1 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Range 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Overflow Overload range : : Nominal range : 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 Underdrive U d di range Underrun 12-25 Analog Modules ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 Continued Table of Measured Values 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0), The tables below show the relationship between analog and digitized measured values for the measuring ranges: 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA, " 20 mA. Table 12-21 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 Range: " 20 mA) Units Measured value in mA Digitized measured value 12 Bit (Measuring X F O Range "20 mA 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 12-26 : : : : : : 2048 20.0000 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2047 19.9902 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 2046 19.9804 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 : : 1 0.00976 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0.0000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -0.00976 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 : : -2047 -19.9902 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 -2048 -20.0000 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 -2049 -20.00976 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 Overload O l d range : Nominal range : : : : : : : Underdrive U d di range ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Analog Modules Table 12-22 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (Measuring Range: 0 ... 20 mA) Units Measured value in mA Digitized measured value X X O Range 0 ... 20 mA 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 4095 19.9951 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 4094 19.9902 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 : : 1 0.00488 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0.00000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 : Nominal range Table 12-23 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (Measuring Range: 4 ... 20 mA) Units Measured value in mA Digitized measured value1 X F O Range 4 ... 20 mA 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Note 3009 23.500 : 1 Overflow 3008 23.462 : 0 : : : 0 Overload range 2561 20.008 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2560 20.000 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2048 16.000 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 512 4.000 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 511 3.992 384 3.000 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 Underdrive range 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 383 2.992 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Wire break Nominal range The 4 ... 20 mA measuring range is resolved as 2048 units with the interval 512 ... 2560. Presentation in the 0 ... 2048 range requires the subtraction of 512 units by the software. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 12-27 Analog Modules ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 Continued Analog Value Presentation, SIMATIC S7 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0), The analog values of ET 200C; AI 4 as complements of twos. 12 Bit for SIMATIC S7 are presented The table below shows the analog value presentation for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit: Table 12-24 Presentation of an Analog Input Value as Bit Pattern for SIMATIC S7 with ET 200C; AI 4 High byte 14 13 12 11 12 Bit Low byte Bit number 15 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Analog value presentation DT 214 213 212 211 210 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 Bit 15 is without significance for the amount of the measured value. It merely represents the sign. Table of Measured Values The table below shows the digitized measured values of the ET 200C; AI 4 12 for the measuring ranges: " 1.25 V, " 2.5 V, " 5 V and " 10 V. Table 12-25 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 and " 10 V) Measuring range " 1.25 V Measuring range " 2.5 V Measuring range "5V Measuring range " 10 V 12 bit (Measuring Ranges: " 1.25 V, " 2.5 V, " 5 V Units decimal hexadecimal w 1.4699 w 2.9398 w 5.8796 w 11.759 32767 7FFFH 1.46985 2.9397 5.8794 11.7589 32511 7EFFH : : : : 1.25005 2.5001 5.0002 10.0004 27649 6C01H 1.25 2.50 5.00 10.00 27648 6C00H 0.9375 1.875 3.75 7.50 20736 5100H : : : : : : : : - 0.9375 - 1.875 - 3.75 - 7.50 -20736 AF00H - 1.25 - 2.50 - 5.00 - 10.00 -27648 9400H - 1.25005 - 2.5001 - 5.0002 - 10.0004 -27649 93FFH : : : : : : - 1.4699 - 2.9398 - 5.8796 - 11.759 -32512 8100H v- 1.47 v- 2.94 v- 5.88 v- 11.76 -32768 8000H 12-28 Range Overflow Overload range Nominal range Underdrive range Underrun ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Analog Modules Table of Measured Values The table below shows the digitized measured values of the ET 200C; AI 4 12 for the measuring range: " 20 mA. Table 12-26 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 Range: " 20 mA) Measuring range " 20 mA Units decimal hexadecimal w 23.516 32767 7FFFH 23.515 32511 7EFFH : : 20.0007 27649 6C01H 20.000 27648 6C00H 14.998 20736 5100H : : - 14.998 -20736 AF00H - 20.000 -27648 9400H - 20.0007 -27649 93FFH : : : - 23.516 -32512 8100H v- 23.517 -32768 8000H : : ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 12 Bit (Measuring Range Overflow Overload range Nominal range Underdrive range Underrun 12-29 Analog Modules ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 Continued Table of Measured Values 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0), The table below shows the digitized measured values of the ET 200C; AI 4 12 for the measuring ranges: 0 to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA. Table 12-27 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 Ranges: 0 to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA) Measuring range f from 0 to 20 mA Units decimal hexadecimal w 23.516 w 22.815 32767 7FFFH 23.515 22.810 32511 7EFFH : : : : 20.0005 27649 6C01H 20.000 20.000 27648 6C00H 14.998 16.000 20736 5100H : : : : 0.000 4.000 0 0H -0.0007 3.9995 -1 FFFFH : : : Range Overflow Overload range 20.0007 : 12-30 Measuring range f from 4 to 20 mA 12 Bit (Measuring Nominal range Underdrive range -3.5185 1.1852 -4864 ED00H v-3.5193 v1.1845 -32768 8000H Underrun ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Analog Modules Conduit thread 12-pin socket connector Dimensional drawing for ET 200C analog input module; AI 4 12 Bit: 12-pin socket connector Dimensional Drawing Figure 12-7 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit: Dimensional Drawing 12-31 Analog Modules ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0), Continued Dimensional Drawing Dimensional drawing for ET 200C analog input module; AI 4 12 Bit with T connector: 1: The bending radii of the cable must be taken into account for installation. Figure 12-8 12-32 ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit: Dimensional Drawing with T connector ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Analog Modules 12.3 ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 (6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0) Technical Data 12 Bit Outputs (Continued) Transfer rates 9.6/19.2/93.75/187.5/ 500/1500 kbaud Conversion time Bus protocol DP standard Galvanically isolated from SINEC L2-DP bus yes Power loss typ. 3.0 W Weight approx. 950 g Settling time for ohmic load for capacitive load for inductive load Permissible potential differential MA to PE or M Dimensions (W H D) 200 100 57 Diagnostics Functions Crosstalk between outputs Voltage monitoring green LED "RUN" SINEC L2-DP bus monitoring red LED "BF" Group diagnostics red LED "DIA", parameterizable Supply Voltage Outputs and Internal Logic Supply voltage (L+) Nominal Permissible range Value for t < 0.5 s 24 V DC 20.4 ... 30.2 V 35 V Current consumption from L+ Logic 120 mA Outputs Voltage Current " 0.5 % " 0.6 % Basic error (operational limit at 25 C, referenced to output range) Voltage Current " 0.3 % " 0.4 % Temperature error (referenced " 0.02 %/K to output range) " 0.05 % 500 V DC Output ripple (referenced to output range) " 0.10 % " 10 V, 0- 10 V, 1-5V " 20 mA, 0 - 20 mA, 4 - 20 mA four- or two-wire Voltage output Short-circuit protection min. 1 kW max. 500 W max. 1 mF max. 1 mH 12 bit + sign Overload range approx. 17.5 % Conversion time S5: max. 2 ms per output ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Operational limit (for entire temperature range, referenced to output range) Repeat accuracy (in steady state at 25 C, referenced to output range) Test voltage Load resistance Voltage output Load impedance for voltage output Capacitive load Inductive load Measured value presentation 40 dB yes Galvanic isolation between voltage supply and internal logic Connection max. 75 V DC/60 V AC " 0.05 % 4 Current range 0.15 ms 2.5 ms 0.2 ms Linearity error (referenced to output range) Number of outputs Measured value ranges Voltage range S7: max. 1 ms per output Short-circuit current Current output No-load voltage Cable length shielded yes, max. 1 output simultaneously max. 25 mA max. 18 V max. 30 m Substitute values yes, parameterizable Diagnostics alarm yes, parameterizable Diagnostics information accessible yes 12-33 Analog Modules ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0), Continued Block Diagram Simplified representation of the potentials of the ET 200C analog output module; AO 4 12 Bit: Galvanic isolation CH 0 A SINEC L2-DP CH 1 Control logic D CH 2 Internal supply CH 3 L+ 24 V M ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 12 Bit: Block Diagram - - + + CH3 - - + - + CH2 + - - + CH1 CH0 - Fig. 12-10 shows the screw terminals and their assignments in the ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit: + Screw Terminals + Figure 12-9 Figure 12-10 Screw Terminals with Assignments in the ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit 12-34 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Analog Modules Parameterization You parameterize the ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit with the aid of the COM ET 200 Windows parameterization software. Where to Look Parameterization of the ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit with COM ET 200 Windows is described in detail in the Help system integrated in the COM ET 200 Windows program. The manual entitled ET 200 Distributed I/O System (Order No. 6ES5 998-3ES12) contains detailed descriptions of how to use COM ET 200 Windows. All the parameters for the ET 200C; AO 4 table below: Table 12-28 Parameters for ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 Byte1 Bit 08 0 Enable diagnostics CH 0 1 Enable diagnostics CH 1 2 Enable diagnostics CH 2 3 Enable diagnostics CH 3 15 6 16 Parameter 12 Bit are described in the 12 Bit Explanation Range of values Enable diagnostics messages by channel groups disable enable bl Enable diagnostics alarm Enable diagnostics alarm of module disable enable 0 Type of substitute value, CH 0 1 Type of substitute value, CH 1 Channel by channel definition of substitute value output on error 2 Type of substitute value, CH 2 3 Type of substitute value, CH 3 18 0 ... 7 Output type / output range CH 0 Channel by channel selection of output range 0 ... 7 Output type / output range CH 1 19 0 ... 7 Output type / output range CH 2 20 0 ... 7 Output type / output range CH 3 21 0 ... 7 Substitute value CH 0 23 0 ... 7 Substitute value CH 1 25 0 ... 7 Substitute value CH 2 27 0 ... 7 Substitute value CH 3 17 34 2 Measured value presentation Channel by channel input of substitute value (if communication is i d value l input i i output interrupted, is as substitute value - see Table 12-29) Present measured value for master system S5 or S7 Substitute value l t value last l Output p range g " 10 V Output range 0 ... 10 V O Output range 0 ... 20 mA Output range 4 ... 20 mA O Output range " 20 mA A 0 -32768 32768 ... 32767 S5 S7 : Default setting in parameterization telegram 1 Byte address in parameterization telegram of slave ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 12-35 Analog Modules ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 Continued Substitute Value Output - Communication Interrupted 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0), The substitute value output of the ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit in the event of an interruption in communication is described in the table below: Table 12-29 Substitute Value Output of ET 200C; AO 4 Cause of interruption in communication between I/O controller and 4AO output module 12 Bit on Interruption in Communication Response of 4AO output module to interruption in communication Response monitoring active Response monitoring not active Substitute value: configurable Substitute value: last value Substitute value: configurable Substitute value: last value "POWER OFF" at controller (CPU and DP master) CV a SV CV a LV CV a SV CV a LV CPU stopped CV a SV CV a LV CV a SV CV a LV DP master stopped CV a SV CV a LV CV a SV CV a LV Interruption on bus CV a SV CV a LV CV a LV CV a LV Response of 4AO output module to end of interruption in communication Response monitoring active Response monitoring not active Substitute value: configurable Substitute value: last value Substitute value: configurable Substitute value: last value SVa0 aSV LVa0 aCV SV a CV LV a CV CPU stopped SV a CV LV a CV SV a CV LV a CV DP master stopped SV a CV LV a CV SV a CV LV a CV Interruption on bus SV a CV LVa0 aCV LV a CV LV a CV "POWER OFF" at controller (CPU and DP master) CV - current value from CPU; LV - last value; SV - configured substitute value 12-36 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Analog Modules Analog Value Presentation, SIMATIC S5 The analog values of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit for SIMATIC S5 are presented as complements of twos. The table below shows the analog value presentation for ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit: Table 12-30 Presentation of an Analog Input Value as Bit Pattern for ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit High byte Bit number Analog value presentation Low byte 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DT 211 210 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 X X X Bits 0 ... 3 and 15 are without significance for the amount of the measured value. These bits are described in detail in Table 12-31. Supplementary Bits Bits 0 ... 2 and 15 in the bit pattern of the analog input value have the following significance: Table 12-31 Description of bits for ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit Bit DT X ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Significance Signal state Sign 0 Sign "+" 1 Sign "-" - - Irrelevant Significance of the signal state 12-37 Analog Modules ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 Continued Table of Measured Values The table below shows the relationship between analog and digitized output signals for the ranges of values: " 10 V, 0 ... 10 V, " 20 mA, 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA. Table 12-32 Analog Output Signals of ET 200C; AO 4 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA) Units 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0), 12 Bit (Ranges of Values: " 10 V, 0 ... 10 V, " 20 mA, Measured value in mV 0 ... 20 mA 1249 4 ... 20 mA "20 mA 0 ... 10 V 23.52 Digitized measured value 1 ... 5 V "10V 5.88 23.52 : 23.52 11.758 : 11.758 : : : : : : : 20.2 10.0098 5.004 20.0195 20.016 15 1413 1211 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1204 1025 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 : OverO load range 10.0098 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1024 20.0 20.0 20.0 10.00 5.0 10.00 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1023 19.98 19.98 19.98 9.99 4.995 9.990 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 512 10.0 12.0 10.0 5.00 3 5.000 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 256 5.0 8.00 5.0 2.50 2 2.500 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.0195 4.015 0.02 0.0098 1.00375 0.0098 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0.0 4.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 0.0 3.984 -0.02 0.0 0.996 -256 0.0 0.0 -05.0 0.0 0.0 -2.500 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -512 0.0 0.0 -10.0 0.0 0.0 -5.000 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1024 0.0 0.0 -20.00 0.0 0.0 -10.000 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1025 0.0 0.0 -20.02 0.0 0.0 -10.009 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 : : : : : : -1204 0.0 0.0 -23.52 0.0 0.0 12-38 Range Nom. range -0.0098 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 : : -11.758 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 OverOver load range ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Analog Modules Analog Value Presentation, SIMATIC S7 The analog values of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit for SIMATIC S7 are presented as complements of twos. The table below shows the analog value presentation for ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit: Table 12-33 Presentation of an Analog Input Value as Bit Pattern for SIMATIC S7 with ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit High byte Bit number Analog value presentation Low byte 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DT 214 213 212 211 210 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 Bit 15 is without significance for the amount of the measured value. It merely represents the sign. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 12-39 Analog Modules ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 Continued Table of Measured Values 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0), The table below shows the digitized output values of the ET 200C; AO 4 12 for the output ranges: " 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA. 12 Bit (Output Ranges: " 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA and 4 Table 12-34 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AO 4 to 20 mA) Output range " 20 mA 0 23.515 : Output range 0 to 20 mA 0 23.515 : Output range 4 to 20 mA 0 22.81 : Range Units decimal hexadecimal w32512 w7F00H 32511 7EFFH : : 20.0007 20.0007 20.005 27649 6C01H 20.000 20.000 20.000 27648 6C00H : : : : 0 4.000 0 0H 0 : : : 0 - 6912 E500H 0 - 6913 E4FFH : : - 27648 9400H - 27649 93FFH : : - 23.515 - 32512 8100H 0 v- 32513 v80FFH 0 : - 20.000 : 12-40 Overflow Overload range Nominal range Underdrive range Underrun ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Analog Modules Table of Measured Values The table below shows the digitized output values of the ET 200C; AO 4 12 for the output ranges: 0 to 10 V and " 10 V. Table 12-35 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AO 4 Output range 0 to 10 V 0 11.7589 : Output range " 10 V 0 11.7589 : 12 Bit (Output Ranges: 0 to 10 V and " 10 V) Units decimal hexadecimal w32512 w7F00H 32511 7EFFH : : 10.0004 10.0004 27649 6C01H 10.0000 10.0000 27648 6C00H : : : : 0 0 0 0H : : - 6912 E500H - 6913 E4FFH : : - 10.0000 - 27648 9400H 10.0004 - 27649 93FFH : : : - 11.7589 - 32512 8100H 0 v- 32513 v80FFH 0 : ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Range Overflow Overload range Nominal range Underdrive range Underrun 12-41 Analog Modules ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0), Continued Conduit thread 12-pin socket connector Dimensional drawing for ET 200C analog output module; AO 4 12 Bit: 12-pin socket connector Dimensional Drawing Figure 12-11 ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 12 Bit: Dimensional Drawing 12-42 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Analog Modules Dimensional Drawing Dimensional drawing for ET 200C analog output module; AO 4 12 Bit with T connector: 1: The bending radii of the cable must be taken into account for installation. Figure 12-12 ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 12 Bit: Dimensional Drawing with T connector ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 12-43 Analog Modules 12-44 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Other ET 200C Components In this Chapter 13 This chapter contains technical data on the following ET 200C components: T connector Power supply connector Programmer connector Cable Terminating resistor Adapter cable ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 13-1 Other ET 200C Components 13.1 T Connector (6ES5 762-2CT11) Technical Specifications Connections 212- pin socket connector 112-pin connector Weight approx. 160 g Dimensions (WHL) 462670 mm 13-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Other ET 200C Components 13.2 Power Supply Connector (6ES5 762-2CS11) Technical Specifications Short-circuit protection No Input voltage Electrical isolation No 24 V DC Insulation rating to VDE 0160 20.4 to 30.2 V DC Internal resistance RI typ. 10 mW Connections 212-pin socket Nominal value Permissible range Output voltage Nominal value Permissible range 24 V DC connector 16-pin plug Earthing screw 20.4 to 30.2 V DC Output current Nominal value Dimension Drawing 4A Weight approx. 500 g Dimensions (WHL) 8057125 mm Dimension drawing for the power supply connector with plug connectors (with pin/socket insert): 1 1 Observe the bending radii of the cable when installing the connector Figure 13-1 Power Supply Connector: Dimension Drawing with Plug Connectors (with Pin/Socket Insert) ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 13-3 Other ET 200C Components Power Supply Connector (6ES5 762-2CS11), Continued 12-pin socket connector M4 earth connection 12-pin socket connector Dimension drawing for power supply connector: 6-pin plug connector Dimension Drawing Figure 13-2 13-4 Power Supply Connector: Dimension Drawing ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Other ET 200C Components 13.3 Programmer Connector (6ES5 762-2CA12) Technical Specifications 112-pin socket Connections without metal cap 112- pin socket with metal cap 112-pin male connector Weight approx. 220 g Dimensions (WHL) 553063 mm Dimension Drawing Dimension drawing for programmer connector with plug connectors (with pin/socket insert): 1 1 1 Observe the bending radii of the cable when installing the module. Figure 13-3 Programmer Connector: Dimension Drawing with Plug Connectors (with Pin/Socket Insert) ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 13-5 Other ET 200C Components Programmer Connector (6ES5 762-2CA12), Continued Chain length approx. 80 mm 12-pin socket connector 12-pin socket connector Dimension drawing for Programmer Connector: 12-pin socket connector Dimension Drawing Coding position Figure 13-4 13-6 Programmer Connector: Dimension Drawing ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Other ET 200C Components 13.4 Cables Cables for SINEC L2-DP and Power Supply (5-core)1 Surge impedance approx. 135 to 160 W (f = 3 to 20 MHz) Loop impedance v 115 W/km Effective capacity 30 nF/km Attenuation 0.9 dB / 100 m (f = 200 kHz) Permissible core cross-sectional area Cables for SINEC L2-DP (2-core) Surge impedance approx. 135 to 160 W (f = 3 to 20 MHz) Loop impedance v 115 W/km Effective capacity 30 nF/km Attenuation 0.9 dB / 100 m (f = 200 kHz) Permissible core cross-sectional area for SINEC L2-DP 0.3 mm2 to 0.5 mm2 min. 0.75 mm2 Outer diameter of the 2-core bus cable 8 mm Outer diameter of the 5-core bus cable 8 mm Version Single-pair bus cable Version Single-pair bus cable and 3 supply lines with common screen for SINEC L2-DP for PS connector 0.3 mm2 to 0.5 mm2 1 You can also use this cable for feeding the power supply to the power supply connector or for feeding the external load voltage. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 13-7 Other ET 200C Components 13.5 Terminating Resistor (6ES5 755-2CA11) Technical Specifications Connection 112-pin socket in metal cap Weight approx. 70 g Dimensions (diameter H) 2640 mm 13-8 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Other ET 200C Components 13.6 Adapter Cable (6ES5 755-8CA11) Technical Specifications Connections 19-pin D sub connector 112-pin connector Cable length (without plug-in connector) 20 cm Smallest permissible bending radius 7.5DMax ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 13-9 Other ET 200C Components 13-10 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Pin Assignments of the ET 200C Modules In this Chapter A This chapter describes the pin assignments of the analog and digital modules in ET 200C. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b A-1 Pin Assignments of the ET 200C Modules A.1 Pin Assignments of ET 200C Digital Modules Pin Assignments The pin assignments for the ports of all digital modules are summarized below. See section 4.3 for more information on ET 200C wiring. Table A-1 Pin Assignment Pin Assignment 1 reserved 7 reserved 2 A (green) 8 reserved 3 reserved 9 reserved 4 B (red) 10 reserved 5 reserved 11 reserved 6 reserved 12 reserved Table A-2 Pin Assignment of Bus Connector for ET 200C Digital Modules, only Separate Power Supply Connected Pin Assignment Pin Assignment 1 reserved 7 P 24 V 2 reserved 8 M 24 V 3 reserved 9 PE 4 reserved 10 reserved 5 reserved 11 reserved 6 reserved 12 reserved Table A-3 A-2 Pin Assignment of Bus Connector for ET 200 C Digital Modules, only SINEC L2-DP Connected Pin Assignment of Bus Connector for ET 200C Digital Modules, SINEC L2-DP and Power Supply Combined in a Common Cable Pin Assignment Pin Assignment 1 reserved 7 P 24 V 2 A (green) 8 M 24 V 3 reserved 9 PE 4 B (red) 10 reserved 5 reserved 11 reserved 6 reserved 12 reserved ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Pin Assignments of the ET 200C Modules Table A-4 Pin Assignment, Inputs of ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V and ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0BX0) Pin Input 1 1 24 V 2 not used 3 Ground 4 Signal 5 PE 1 2 5 4 3 View: mating side The 24 V DC at pin 1 is the power supply provided by the module for the sensor. Table A-5 Pin Assignment, Outputs of ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A, ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A and ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0) Pin Output 1 not used 2 not used 3 Ground 4 Signal 5 PE Table A-6 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b View DC1 View 1 2 5 4 3 View: mating side Pin Assignment, Inputs and Outputs of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0) Terminal Assignment I0.0 ... I0.7 I0: input .0 ... .7 I1.0 ... I1.7 I1: input .0 ... .7 Q0.0 ... Q0.7 Q0: output .0 ... .7 Q1.0 ... Q1.7 Q1: output .0 ... .7 24V 24 V DC (sensor supply) 0V Ground (sensor supply) PE PE M1 Ground (UL1) M2 Ground (UL2) A-3 Pin Assignments of the ET 200C Modules Pin Assignments of ET 200C Digital Modules, Continued Table A-7 Pin Assignment for Load Voltage Supply, ET 200C Modules with Outputs Pin Load voltage supply 1 PE 2 P 24 V 3 M 24 V 4 not used 5 not used 6 not used Table A-8 A-4 Pin Assignment, External Power Supply at PSU Feed Pin Power supply 1 PE 2 P 24 V 3 M 24 V 4 not used 5 not used 6 not used ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Pin Assignments of the ET 200C Modules A.2 Pin Assignments of ET 200C Analog Modules Pin Assignments The pin and terminal assignments for the ports of all analog modules are summarized below. See section 4.3 for more information on ET 200C wiring. Table A-9 Pin Assignment of Bus Connector for ET 200C Analog Modules, only SINEC L2-DP Connected Pin Assignment Pin Assignment 1 reserved 7 reserved 2 A (green) 8 reserved 3 reserved 9 reserved 4 B (red) 10 reserved 5 reserved 11 reserved 6 reserved 12 reserved Table A-10 Pin Assignment of Bus Connector for ET 200C Analog Modules, only Separate Power Supply Connected Pin Assignment Pin Assignment 1 reserved 7 P 24 V 2 reserved 8 M 24 V 3 reserved 9 PE 4 reserved 10 reserved 5 reserved 11 reserved 6 reserved 12 reserved Table A-11 Pin Assignment of Bus Connector for ET 200C Analog Modules, SINEC L2-DP and Power Supply Combined in a Common Cable ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Pin Assignment Pin Assignment 1 reserved 7 P 24 V 2 A (green) 8 M 24 V 3 reserved 9 PE 4 B (red) 10 reserved 5 reserved 11 reserved 6 reserved 12 reserved A-5 Pin Assignments of the ET 200C Modules Pin Assignments of ET 200C Analog Modules, Continued Table A-12 Pin Assignment, Inputs of ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0) Terminal Assignment for connection of ... channel channel thermocouple voltage sensor 1 not used Compensator (+) not used 2 not used Compensator (-) not used Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+) Measuring line (-) Measuring line (-) 3 CH0 Measuring line (+) 4 Measuring line (-) 5 Constant current line IC+ 6 Constant current line IC- 7 CH1 Measuring line (+) 8 Measuring line (-) 9 Constant current line IC+ 10 Constant current line IC- 11 CH2 Measuring line (+) 12 Measuring line (-) 13 Constant current line IC+ 14 Constant current line IC- 15 A-6 resistance sensor CH3 Measuring line (+) CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 CH6 16 Measuring line (-) 17 Constant current line IC+ 18 Constant current line IC- 19 Analog ground (MANA) Analog ground (MANA) 20 Analog ground (MANA) Analog ground (MANA) CH7 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Pin Assignments of the ET 200C Modules Table A-13 Pin Assignment, Inputs of ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0) Channel Terminal Assignment CH0 1 Measuring line (+) 2 Measuring line (-) 3 Measuring line (+) 4 Measuring line (-) 5 Measuring line (+) 6 Measuring line (-) 7 Measuring line (+) 8 Measuring line (-) 9 Analog ground (MANA) 10 Analog ground (MANA) CH1 CH2 CH3 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b A-7 Pin Assignments of the ET 200C Modules Pin Assignments of ET 200C Analog Modules, Continued Table A-14 Pin Assignment, Outputs of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0) Channel CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3 A-8 Terminal 4-wire layout 2-wire layout 1 not used 2 not used 3 Analog output "Voltage" (+) Analog output "Current or Voltage" (+) 4 Analog output "Voltage" (-) Analog output "Current or Voltage" (-) 5 Sensor line (S+) not used 6 Sensor line (S-) not used 7 Analog output "Voltage" (+) Analog output "Current or Voltage" (+) 8 Analog output "Voltage" (-) Analog output "Current or Voltage" (-) 9 Sensor line (S+) not used 10 Sensor line (S-) not used 11 Analog output "Voltage" (+) Analog output "Current or Voltage" (+) 12 Analog output "Voltage" (-) Analog output "Current or Voltage" (-) 13 Sensor line (S+) not used 14 Sensor line (S-) not used 15 Analog output "Voltage" (+) Analog output "Current or Voltage" (+) 16 Analog output "Voltage" (-) Analog output "Current or Voltage" (-) 17 Sensor line (S+) not used 18 Sensor line (S-) not used 19 not used 20 not used ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b B Type Files Provision of Type Files All type files needed for the purposes of configuring ET 200 C with COM ET 200 V4.x and COM ET 200 Windows are available from the Interface Center. You can fetch the type files you need by modem by dialing the following mailbox number: Phone: (+ 49 for Germany) 911/73-7972 Provision of GSD Files If you want to connect ET 200C modules to DP masters which are not capable of processing the type files (e.g. other-vendor DP masters), you need a device master file (or GSD file as it is also known) to DIN E 19245, Part 3. All device master data for ET 200U/B/C is available on a diskette which you can order under the following order number: Diskette with device master data: 6ES7 190-1AA00-0AA0 Alternatively, you can fetch the device master data by modem from the Interface Center by dialing the following mailbox number: Phone: (+ 49 for Germany) 911/73-7972 In this Chapter This chapter contains the listings of all type files for configuring your system with COM ET 200 V4.x (ET 200C digital modules) and COM ET 200 Windows (ET 200C analog modules). If the need arises, you can use these listings to generate a missing type file for this version of COM ET 200 with the aid of an ASCII editor. For more information on installing type files for COM ET 200 V4.x, see section 5.1, For more information on installing type files for COM ET 200 Windows, see the manual entitled ET 200 Distributed I/O System (Order No. 6ES5 998-3ES12), section 7.3. The type files for configuring the digital modules of ET 200C with COM ET 200 Windows are supplied with COM ET 200 Windows and do not have to be subsequently installed. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b B-1 Type Files B.1 Type Files, ET 200C Digital Modules for COM ET 200 V4.x Type Files In order to configure an ET 200C with COM ET 200 V4.x, you must make sure that the type file of the ET 200C module is installed in the directory of COM ET 200 V4.x. The designations of the type files for ET 200C digital modules with COM ET 200 V4.x are as follows: Table B-1 Designations of Type Files for ET 200C Digital Modules Station type B-2 Order number Type file C-8DI DP 6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0 SN8010TD.200 C-8DO DP 6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0 SN8011TD.200 C-8DO/2A DP 6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0 SI8012TD.200 C-16DI/16DO/2A DP 6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0, 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0 SI8013TD.200 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Type Files B.1.1 Type File SN8010TD.200: COM ET 200 V4.x - C-8DI DP Type file SN8010TD.200: COM ET 200 V4.x - C-8DI DP [char.] ET200C 8DE DC 24V with LSPM 2 MLFB<6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0> Ident 0x8010H [69 char.] V4.0; [5 char.] C-8DI DP; [18 char.] SIEMENS ; [11 char.] SIMATIC_S7; [11 char.] ET200 ; [11 char.] ET200C/24V/DP ; [16 char.] 32784; [6 char.] Y; [2 char.] Y; [2 char.] Y; [2 char.] Y; [2 char.] Y; [2 char.] Y; [2 char.] N; [2 char.] N; [2 char.] N; [2 char.] N; [2 char.] N; [2 char.] N; [2 char.] N; [2 char.] N; [2 char.] 00000; [6 char.] 1111011111; [11 char.] 032; [4 char.] 032; [4 char.] 032; [4 char.] 015; [4 char.] 012; [4 char.] PV005; [6 char.] 00; [3 char.] 00; [3 char.] 00; [3 char.] 00; [3 char.] 00; [3 char.] PSL000; [7 char.] KV000; [6 char.] SY; [3 char.] DKM000; [7 char.] ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b B-3 Type Files B.1.2 Type File SN8011TD.200: COM ET 200 V4.x - C-8DO DP Type file SN8011TD.200: COM ET 200 V4.x - C-8DO DP [char.] ET200C 8DA DC 24V / 0.5A with LSPM 2 MLFB<6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0> Ident 0x8011 H V4.0; C-8DO SIEMENS ; SIMATIC_S7; ET200 ; ET200C/24V/DP 32785; Y; Y; Y; Y; Y; Y; N; N; N; N; N; N; N; N; 00000; 1111011111; 032; 032; 032; 015; 012; PV005; 00; 00; 00; 00; 00; PSL000; KV000; SY; DKM000; B-4 DP; ; [76 [5 [18 [11 [11 [11 [16 [6 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [6 [11 [4 [4 [4 [4 [4 [6 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [7 [6 [3 [7 char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Type Files B.1.3 Type File SN8012TD.200: COM ET 200 V4.x - C-8DO/2A DP Type file SN8012TD.200: COM ET 200 V4.x - C-8DO/2A DP ET200C 8DA DC 24V / 2A with LSPM 2 MLFB<6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0> Ident 0x8012 H V4.0; C-8DO/2A SIEMENS ; SIMATIC_S7; ET200 ; ET200C/24V/DP 32786; Y; Y; Y; Y; Y; Y; N; N; N; N; N; N; N; N; 00000; 1111011111; 032; 032; 032; 015; 012; PV005; 00; 00; 00; 00; 00; PSL000; KV000; SY; DKM000; DP; ; ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b [char.] [74 [5 [18 [11 [11 [11 [16 [6 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [6 [11 [4 [4 [4 [4 [4 [6 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [7 [6 [3 [7 char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] B-5 Type Files B.1.4 Type File SN8013TD.200: COM ET 200 V4.x - C-16DI/16DO/2A DP Type file SN8013TD.200: COM ET 200 V4.x - C-16DI/16DO/2A DP ET200C 16DE / 16DA DC 24V / 0.5A MLFB<6ES7 143-0BL.0-0XB0> Ident 0x8013 H V4.0; C-16DI/16DO/2A DP; SIEMENS ; SIMATIC_S7; ET200 ; ET200C/24V/DP ; 32787; Y; Y; Y; Y; Y; Y; N; N; N; N; N; N; N; N; 00000; 1111011111; 032; 032; 032; 015; 012; PV005; 00; 00; 00; 00; 00; PSL000; KV000; SY; DKM000; B-6 [char.] [73 [5 [18 [11 [11 [11 [16 [6 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [6 [11 [4 [4 [4 [4 [4 [6 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [7 [6 [3 [7 char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Type Files B.2 Type Files of ET 200C Analog Modules for COM ET 200 Windows Type Files In order to configure an ET 200C with COM ET 200 Windows, you must make sure that the type file of the ET 200C module is installed in the directory of COM ET 200 Windows. The designations of the type files for ET 200C analog modules with COM ET 200 Windows are as follows: Table B-2 Designations of Type Files for ET 200C Analog Modules Station type Order number Type file C-4/8AI DP 6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0 SI800FAD.200 C-4AI DP 6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0 SI800EAD.200 C-4AO DP 6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0 SI800DAD.200 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b B-7 Type Files B.2.1 Type File SI800FAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4/8AI DP Type file SI800FAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4/8AI DP [char.] ET 200C AI4/8 x 12 Bit, MLFB<6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0>, Siemens-Slave, V 1.0 V5.x; C-4/8AI SIEMENS ; ET 200C ; ET 200 ; ET200C/ANALOG 32783; Y; Y; Y; N; Y; N; N; N; N; N; N; N; N; N; 00030; 0001011111; 016; 000; 004; 028; 043; PV036; 00; 00; 00; 07; 81; 04; 00; 00; 00; 00; 13; 81; 04; 01; 00; 00; 00; 00; 00; 00; 00; 00; B-8 DP; ; [71 [5 [18 [11 [11 [11 [16 [6 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [6 [11 [4 [4 [4 [4 [4 [6 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Type Files Type file SI800FAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4/8AI DP 00; 00; 00; 00; 00; 00; 00; 07; 81; 02; 00; 00; 08; 00; PSL023; PS015"Enable diagnostics CH 0/1 "BIT0 "0"0"1"HI001"; PS015"Enable diagnostics CH 2/3 "BIT1 "0"0"1"HI001"; PS015"Enable diagnostics CH 4/5 "BIT2 "0"0"1"HI001"; PS015"Enable diagnostics CH 6/7 "BIT3 "0"0"1"HI001"; PS016"Enable wire breakage msg. CH0/1"BIT0 "0"0"1"HI005"; PS016"Enable wire breakage msg. CH2/3"BIT1 "0"0"1"HI005"; PS016"Enable wire breakage msg. CH4/5"BIT2 "0"0"1"HI005"; PS016"Enable wire breakage msg. CH6/7"BIT3 "0"0"1"HI005"; PS022"Enable diagnostics alarm "BIT6 "0"0"1"HI005"; PS022"Enable limit value alarm "BIT7 "0"0"1"HI006"; PS023"Integration time CH 0/1 "BGR02"10"0"3"HI002"; PS023"Integration time CH 2/3 "BGR22"10"0"3"HI002"; PS023"Integration time CH 4/5 "BGR42"10"0"3"HI002"; PS023"Integration time CH 6/7 "BGR62"10"0"3"HI002"; PS024"Measurement type/measuring range CH0/1"BYTE"0"0"231"HI003"; PS025"Measurement type/measuring range CH2/3"BYTE"0"0"231"HI003"; PS026"Measurement type/measuring range CH4/5"BYTE"0"0"231"HI003"; PS027"Measurement type/measuring range CH6/7"BYTE"0"0"231"HI003"; PS028"Upper limit value CH 0 "INT "0"-32768"32767"HI000"; PS030"Lower limit value CH 0 "INT "0"-32768"32767"HI000"; PS032"Upper limit value CH 2 "INT "0"-32768"32767"HI000"; PS034"Lower limit value CH 2 "INT "0"-32768"32767"HI000"; PS041"Measured value presentation "BIT2 "0"0"1"HI004"; HTT006; HI001; L2; "disable "00000"; "enable (enable diag. alarm)"00001"; HI002; L4; "Integration time 2.5 ms "00000"; "Integration time 16.7 ms "00001"; "Integration time 20 ms "00002"; "Integration time 100 ms "00003"; HI003; L41; "Channel not activated "00000"; "Measurement type +/- 80 mV "00017"; "Measurement type +/- 0.25 V "00018"; "Measurement type +/- 0.5 V "00019"; "Measurement type +/- 1 V "00020"; ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b [char.] [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [7 [56 [56 [56 [56 [56 [56 [56 [56 [56 [56 [57 [57 [57 [57 [58 [58 [58 [58 [65 [66 [65 [66 [56 [7 [6 [3 [39 [39 [6 [3 [39 [40 [39 [39 [6 [4 [39 [39 [39 [39 [39 char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] B-9 Type Files Type file SI800FAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4/8AI DP "Measurement type 48 ohms resistance "00065"; "Measurement type 150 ohms resistance "00066"; "Measurement type 300 ohms resistance "00068"; "Measurement type 600 ohms resistance "00070"; "Measurement type Pt100 climatic "00128"; "Measurement type Ni100 climatic "00129"; "Measurement type Pt100 standard "00130"; "Measurement type Ni100 standard "00131"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type N int. "00161"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type E int. "00162"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type J int. "00165"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type L int. "00166"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type T int. "00167"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type K int. "00168"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type U int. "00169"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type N int./lin. "00209"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type E int./lin. "00210"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type J int./lin. "00213"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type L int./lin. "00214"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type T int./lin. "00215"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type K int./lin. "00216"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type U int./lin. "00217"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type N ext. "00177"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type E ext. "00178"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type J ext. "00181"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type L ext. "00182"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type T ext. "00183"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type K ext. "00184"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type U ext. "00185"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type N ext./lin. "00225"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type E ext./lin. "00226"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type J ext./lin. "00229"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type L ext./lin. "00230"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type T ext./lin. "00231"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type K ext./lin. "00232"; "Measurement type th.cpl, type U ext./lin. "00233"; HI004; L2; "Measured value presentation, SIMATIC S5"00000"; "Measured value presentation, SIMATIC S7"00001"; HI005; L2; "disable "00000"; "enable "00001"; HI006; L2; "disable "00000"; "enable (specify limit value) "00001"; KV004; 004"000"000"143"192"; 004"000"000"155"064"; 004"000"000"143"192"; 067"071"000"021"197"; SY; DKM056; DBO004"0"Module fault "1"; DBO004"1"Internal error "1"; B-10 [char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [6 char.] [3 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [6 char.] [3 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [6 char.] [3 char.] [39 char.] [39 char.] [6 char.] [21 char.] [21 char.] [21 char.] [21 char.] [3 char.] [7 char.] [43 char.] [43?char.] ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Type Files Type file SI800FAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4/8AI DP DBO004"2"External error (wire break) DBO004"3"Channel is errored DBO004"6"Module not parameterized DBO004"7"Module parameterization error DBO005"4"Channel information waiting DBO007"4"ADU error DBO012"0"Parameterization error CH 0 DBO012"1"Common-mode error CH 0 DBO012"3"Short circuit to M CH 0 DBO012"4"Wire break CH 0 DBO012"6"Measuring range undershot DBO012"7"Measuring range overshot DBO013"0"Parameterization error CH 1 DBO013"1"Common-mode error CH 1 DBO013"3"Short circuit to M CH 1 DBO013"4"Wire break CH 1 DBO013"6"Measuring range undershot DBO013"7"Measuring range overshot DBO014"0"Parameterization error CH 2 DBO014"1"Common-mode error CH 2 DBO014"3"Short circuit to M CH 2 DBO014"4"Wire break CH 2 DBO014"6"Measuring range undershot DBO014"7"Measuring range overshot DBO015"0"Parameterization error CH 3 DBO015"1"Common-mode error CH 3 DBO015"3"Short circuit to M CH 3 DBO015"4"Wire break CH 3 DBO015"6"Measuring range undershot DBO015"7"Measuring range overshot DBO016"0"Parameterization error CH 4 DBO016"1"Common-mode error CH 4 DBO016"3"Short circuit to M CH 4 DBO016"4"Wire break CH 4 DBO016"6"Measuring range undershot DBO016"7"Measuring range overshot DBO017"0"Parameterization error CH 5 DBO017"1"Common-mode error CH 5 DBO017"3"Short circuit to M CH 5 DBO017"4"Wire break CH 5 DBO017"6"Measuring range undershot DBO017"7"Measuring range overshot DBO018"0"Parameterization error CH 6 DBO018"1"Common-mode error CH 6 DBO018"3"Short circuit to M CH 6 DBO018"4"Wire break CH 6 DBO018"6"Measuring range undershot DBO018"7"Measuring range overshot DBO019"0"Parameterization error CH 7 DBO019"1"Common-mode error CH 7 DBO019"3"Short circuit to M CH 7 DBO019"4"Wire break CH 7 DBO019"6"Measuring range undershot DBO019"7"Measuring range overshot DKK000; ET_200C; ISNONAME; ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; CH0"1"; CH0"1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; CH1"1"; CH1"1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; CH2"1"; CH2"1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; CH3"1"; CH3"1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; CH4"1"; CH4"1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; CH5"1"; CH5"1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; CH6"1"; CH6"1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; CH7"1"; CH7"1"; [char.] [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [7 [8 [9 char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] B-11 Type Files Type file SI800FAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4/8AI DP SO000; 016; MLFB000; LSK000; 000; SPT000; HTT000; B-12 [char.] [6 [4 [8 [7 [4 [7 [7 char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Type Files B.2.2 Type File SI800EAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4AI DP Type file SI800EAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4AI DP ET 200C AI 4 x 12 Bit, MLFB<6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0>, Siemens-Slave, V 1.0 V5.x; C-4AI SIEMENS ; ET 200C ; ET 200 ; ET200C/ANALOG 32782; Y; Y; Y; N; Y; N; N; N; N; N; N; N; N; N; 00020; 0001011111; 008; 000; 004; 028; 043; PV036; 00; 00; 00; 07; 81; 04; 00; 00; 00; 00; 13; 81; 04; 01; 00; 00; 00; 00; 00; 00; 00; 00; DP; ; ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b [char.] [70 [5 [18 [11 [11 [11 [16 [6 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [6 [11 [4 [4 [4 [4 [4 [6 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] B-13 Type Files Type file SI800EAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4AI DP [char.] 00; 00; 00; 00; 00; 00; 00; 07; 81; 02; 00; 00; 08; 00; PSL015; PS015"Enable diagnostics CH 0 "BIT0 "0"0"1"HI001"; PS015"Enable diagnostics CH 1 "BIT1 "0"0"1"HI001"; PS015"Enable diagnostics CH 2 "BIT2 "0"0"1"HI001"; PS015"Enable diagnostics CH 3 "BIT3 "0"0"1"HI001"; PS022"Enable diagnostics alarm "BIT6 "0"0"1"HI004"; PS022"Enable limit value alarm "BIT7 "0"0"1"HI005"; PS024"Measurement type/measuring range CH 0 "BYTE "0"0"35"HI002"; PS025"Measurement type/measuring range CH 1 "BYTE "0"0"35"HI002"; PS026"Measurement type/measuring range CH 2 "BYTE "0"0"35"HI002"; PS027"Measurement type/measuring range CH 3 "BYTE "0"0"35"HI002"; "INT "0"-32768"32767"HI000"; PS028"Upper limit value CH 0 "INT "0"-32768"32767"HI000"; PS030"Lower limit value CH 0 "INT "0"-32768"32767"HI000"; PS032"Upper limit value CH 2 "INT "0"-32768"32767"HI000"; PS034"Lower limit value CH 2 PS041"Measured value presentation "BIT2 "0"0"1"HI003"; HTT005; HI001; L2; "disable "00000"; "enable (enable diag. alarm) "00001"; HI002; L8; "Channel not activated "00000"; "Measurement type +/- 1.25 V "00020"; "Measurement type +/- 2.5 V "00021"; "Measurement type +/- 5.0 V "00022"; "Measurement type +/- 10 V "00025"; "Measurement type +/- 20 mA "00036"; "Measurement type 0 - 20 mA "00034"; "Measurement type 4 - 20 mA "00035"; HI003; L2; "Measured value presentation, SIMATIC S5"00000"; "Measured value presentation, SIMATIC S7"00001"; HI004; L2; "disable "00000"; "enable "00001"; HI005; L2; "disable "00000"; B-14 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [7 [56 [56 [56 [56 [56 [56 [57 [57 [57 [57 [69 [70 [69 [70 [56 [7 [6 [3 [39 [39 [6 [3 [39 [39 [39 [39 [39 [39 [39 [39 [6 [3 [39 [39 [6 [3 [39 [39 [6 [3 [39 char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Type Files Type file SI800EAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4AI DP "enable (specify limit value) "00001"; KV004; 004"000"000"143"192"; 004"000"000"155"064"; 004"000"000"143"192"; 067"067"000"021"196"; SY; DKM020; DBO004"0"Module malfunction DBO004"1"Internal error DBO004"3"Channel is errored DBO004"6"Module not parameterized DBO004"7"Module parameterization error DBO005"4"Channel information waiting DBO007"2"EEPROM error DBO007"4"ADU error DBO012"0"Parameterization error CH 0 DBO012"6"Measuring range undershot DBO012"7"Measuring range overshot DBO013"0"Parameterization error CH 1 DBO013"6"Measuring range undershot DBO013"7"Measuring range overshot DBO014"0"Parameterization error CH 2 DBO014"6"Measuring range undershot DBO014"7"Measuring range overshot DBO015"0"Parameterization error CH 3 DBO015"6"Measuring range undershot DBO015"7"Measuring range overshot DKK000; ET_200C; ISNONAME; SO000; 008; MLFB000; LSK000; 000; SPT000; HTT000; ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; CH0"1"; CH0"1"; "1"; CH1"1"; CH1"1"; "1"; CH2"1"; CH2"1"; "1"; CH3"1"; CH3"1"; [char.] [39 [6 [21 [21 [21 [21 [3 [7 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [7 [8 [9 [6 [4 [8 [7 [4 [7 [7 char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] B-15 Type Files B.2.3 Type File SI800DAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4AO DP Type file SI800DAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4AO DP [char.] ET 200C AO4 x 12 Bit, MLFB<6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0>, Siemens-Slave, V 1.0 V5.x; C-4AO SIEMENS ; ET 200C ; ET 200 ; ET200C/ANALOG 32781; Y; Y; Y; Y; N; N; N; N; N; N; N; N; N; N; 00020; 0001011111; 000; 008; 004; 028; 043; PV036; 00; 00; 00; 07; 81; 04; 00; 00; 00; 00; 13; 81; 04; 01; 00; 00; 00; 25; 25; 25; 25; 00; B-16 DP; ; [69 [5 [18 [11 [11 [11 [16 [6 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [2 [6 [11 [4 [4 [4 [4 [4 [6 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Type Files Type file SI800DAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4AO DP 00; 00; 00; 00; 00; 00; 00; 07; 81; 02; 00; 00; 08; 00; PSL018; PS015"Enable diagnostics CH 0 "BIT0 "0"0"1"HI005"; PS015"Enable diagnostics CH 1 "BIT1 "0"0"1"HI005"; PS015"Enable diagnostics CH 2 "BIT2 "0"0"1"HI005"; PS015"Enable diagnostics CH 3 "BIT3 "0"0"1"HI005"; PS022"Enable diagnostics alarm "BIT6 "0"0"1"HI001"; PS023"Type substitute value CH 0 "BIT0 "0"0"1"HI002"; PS023"Type substitute value CH 1 "BIT1 "0"0"1"HI002"; PS023"Type substitute value CH 2 "BIT2 "0"0"1"HI002"; PS023"Type substitute value CH 3 "BIT3 "0"0"1"HI002"; PS024"Output type / range CH 0 "BYTE "25"23"36"HI003"; PS025"Output type / range CH 1 "BYTE "25"23"36"HI003"; PS026"Output type / range CH 2 "BYTE "25"23"36"HI003"; PS027"Output type / range CH 3 "BYTE "25"23"36"HI003"; "INT "0"-32768"32767"HI000"; PS028"Substitute value CH 0 "INT "0"-32768"32767"HI000"; PS030"Substitute value CH 1 "INT "0"-32768"32767"HI000"; PS032"Substitute value CH 2 "INT "0"-32768"32767"HI000"; PS034"Substitute value CH 3 PS041"Measured value presentation "BIT2 "0"0"1"HI004"; HTT005; HI001; L2; "disable "00000"; "enable "00001"; HI002; L2; "Substitute value : parameterizable "00000"; "Substitute value : last value "00001"; HI003; L6; "Output range 1 - 5 V "00023"; "Output range 0 - 10 V "00024"; "Output range +/- 10 V "00025"; "Output range 0 - 20 mA "00034"; "Output range 4 - 20 mA "00035"; "Output range +/- 20 mA "00036"; HI004; L2; "Measured value presentation, SIMATIC S5"00000"; "Measured value presentation, SIMATIC S7"00001"; HI005; L2; "disable "00000"; ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b [char.] [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [3 [7 [56 [56 [56 [56 [56 [56 [56 [56 [56 [59 [59 [59 [59 [65 [65 [65 [65 [56 [7 [6 [3 [39 [39 [6 [3 [39 [39 [6 [3 [39 [39 [39 [39 [39 [39 [6 [3 [39 [39 [6 [3 [39 char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] B-17 Type Files Type file SI800DAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4AO DP "enable (specify limit value) "00001"; KV004; 004"000"000"143"192"; 004"000"000"155"064"; 004"000"000"143"192"; 131"067"000"037"224"; SY; DKM031; DBO004"1"Internal error DBO004"2"External error (wire break) DBO004"3"Channel is errored DBO004"6"Module not parameterized DBO004"7"Module parameterization error DBO004"0"Module error DBO007"4"DAU error DBO012"0"Parameterization error CH 0 DBO012"1"Common-mode error CH 0 DBO012"2"Short circuit to P CH 0 DBO012"3"Short circuit to M CH 0 DBO012"4"Wire break CH 0 DBO012"6"No load voltage CH 0 DBO013"0"Parameterization error CH 1 DBO013"1"Common-mode error CH 1 DBO013"2"Short circuit to P CH 1 DBO013"3"Short circuit to M CH 1 DBO013"4"Wire break CH 1 DBO013"6"No load voltage CH 1 DBO014"0"Parameterization error CH 2 DBO014"1"Common-mode error CH 2 DBO014"2"Short circuit to P CH 2 DBO014"3"Short circuit to M CH 2 DBO014"4"Wire break CH 2 DBO014"6"No load voltage CH 2 DBO015"0"Parameterization error CH 3 DBO015"1"Common-mode error CH 3 DBO015"2"Short circuit to P CH 3 DBO015"3"Short circuit to M CH 3 DBO015"4"Wire break CH 3 DBO015"6"No load voltage CH 3 DKK000; ET_200C; ISNONAME; SO000; 008; MLFB000; LSK000; 000; SPT000; HTT000; B-18 "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; "1"; [char.] [39 [6 [21 [21 [21 [21 [3 [7 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [43 [7 [8 [9 [6 [4 [8 [7 [4 [7 [7 char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] char.] ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Safety-Related Guidelines In this Chapter C The following guidelines are intended to ensure personal safety as well as to protect the products and equipment connected against damage. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b C-1 Safety-Related Guidelines C.1 Active and Passive Faults in Automation Equipment Active and Passive Faults Depending on the particular task for which the electronic automation equipment is used, both active as well as passive faults can result in a dangerous situation. For example, in drive control, an active fault is generally dangerous because it can result in an unauthorized startup of the drive. On the other hand, a passive fault in a signalling function can result in a dangerous operating state not being reported to the operator. The differentiation of the possible faults and their classification into dangerous and non-dangerous faults, depending on the particular task, is important for all safety considerations in respect to the product supplied. ! Procedures for Maintenance and Repair Warning In all cases where a fault in automation equipment can result in severe personal injury or substantial property damage, i.e., where a dangerous fault can occur, additional external measures must be taken or equipment provided to ensure or force safe operating conditions even in the event of a fault (e.g., by means of independent limit monitors, mechanical interlocks, etc.). If you are carrying out measurement or testing work on the ET 200C distributed I/O station, you must adhere to the rules and regulations contained in the VBG 4.0 Accident Prevention Regulations of the German employers liability assurance association ("Berufsgenossenschaften"). Pay particular attention to paragraph 8, "Permissible exceptions when working on live parts". Repairs may only be carried out by Siemens service personnel or Siemensauthorized repair shops. C-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Safety-Related Guidelines C.2 Suggestions for Configuring and Installing a Distributed I/O Station Warnings A distributed I/O station is often used as a component in a larger system. The suggestions contained in the following warning are intended to help you install your distributed I/O system safely. ! Warning Adhere to any safety and accident-prevention regulations applicable to your situation and system. If your system has a permanent power connection (stationary equipment) that is not equipped with an isolating switch and/or fuses that disconnect all poles, install either a suitable isolating switch or fuses in the building wiring system. Connect your system to a ground conductor. Before startup, if you have units that operate using the main power supply, make sure that the voltage range setting of the equipment matches the local main power voltage. When using a 24 V supply, make sure to provide proper electric isolation between the main supply and the 24 V supply. Use only power supplies manufactured according to IEC 364-4-41 or HD 384.04.41 (VDE 0100, Part 410). Fluctuations or deviations of the supply voltage from the rated value may not exceed the tolerance limit specified in the technical specifications. If they do, functional failures or dangerous conditions can occur in the electronic modules or equipment. Take suitable measures to make sure that programs that are interrupted by a voltage dip or power failure resume proper operation when the power is restored. Make sure that dangerous operating conditions do not occur even momentarily. If necessary, force an EMERGENCY OFF. EMERGENCY OFF devices must be in accordance with EN 60204/ IEC 204 (VDE 0113) and be effective in all operating modes of the equipment. Make certain to prevent any uncontrolled or undefined restart when the EMERGENCY OFF devices are released. Install power supply and signal cables so that inductive and capacitive interference cannot affect the automation functions. Install your automation system and its operative components so as to prevent unintentional operation. Automation equipment can assume an undefined state in the case of a wire break in the signal lines. To prevent this, take the proper hardware and software safety measures when linking the inputs and outputs of the automation equipment. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b C-3 Safety-Related Guidelines C-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Glossary A Active nodes Can transmit data to other nodes or request data from other nodes when they have a permission to send (= master station). An active node is, for example, the IM 308-B master interface module. B Baud rate Data transmission speed: specifies the number of bits transmitted per second (baud rate = bit rate). Binary file You must created a binary file if you also wish to save the data you exported to the memory card on the PG/PC. Like the memory card, the binary file contains all of the bus, slave and master parameters created with COM ET 200. The binary file is formatted in such a way that it can be read by different versions of COM ET 200. Bus Common transmission path for all nodes connected; with defined termination points. Bus connection All ET 200C modules have a bus connection (12-pin socket). This bus connection has several functions: Connection to the SINEC L2-DP field bus Connection to the power supply Connection to the field bus and power supply at a single socket Busnode Device that can send, receive or amplify data via the bus, e.g. master station, slave station, repeater, active star hub, etc. In the ET 200C, only the digital modules are nodes. All other devices cannot send or receive data. They also have no station number (e.g. PS connector, programmer connector, etc.). Bussegment Segment ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Glossary-1 Glossary C Control command A DP master can send commands for synchronizing the slave stations to one slave, a group of slaves or all slaves simultaneously. Event-controlled synchronization is possible via the control commands FREEZE and SYNC. CP5410-S5DOS/ST Programmer interface module for connection to SINEC L2 and SINEC L2-DP. The CP5410-S5DOS/ST can only be plugged into the PG 730, 750 and 770 programmers. Cyclical processing The slave station is addressed at regular intervals by the master. The master (e.g. the IM 308-B) reads the input data from the slaves and passes output data on to the slaves. D Device-related diagnostics The upper-most level of the slave-specific diagnostics. The device-related diagnostics refer to the entire slave. Diagnostics Detection, location, classification, display, additional evaluation of errors, faults and messages. Diagnostics includes monitoring functions that are automatically executed during normal operation. Application: Increasing the availability of a system/plant by cutting start-up and idle times. Distributed I/O Comprises the input/output units connected in a distributed configuration, i.e. at a distance from the CPU: ET 200B, ET 200C, ET 200U or third-party systems. DP master Master system which communicates with the slave stations in accordance with a defined algorithm and supplies the user with data. DP Siemens Bus protocol developed by Siemens. Glossary-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Glossary DP slave DP standard slave DP standard Short name for draft standard DIN 19245, part 3 DP standard slave Slave station which behaves in accordance with draft standard DIN 19245, part 3 E Earth The conductive soil where the potential at all points can be assumed equal to zero. Earthing Connecting an electrically conductive part to the earthing electrode via the earthing system. Earthing electrode One or more conductive part(s) that make good contact with the earth. Earthing measures All measures taken to establish a chassis connection. ET 200 Distributed I/O system from Siemens for connecting distributed I/O stations to the programmable controllers S5-115U ... S5155U or any other adequate master. The ET 200 is characterized by fast response times as only small volumes of data (bytes) are transferred. ET 200 is based on the PROFIBUS standard (DIN 19245, part 1) and the draft standard PROFIBUS-DP (DIN 19245, part 3). ET 200 operates in accordance with the master/slave principle. The IM 308-B or any host incorporating the CP 5480-DP can be master. The distributed I/O stations ET 200B, ET 200C or ET 200U or other devices not supplied by Siemens can be configured as slaves. F FREEZE is a control command which is sent from the master to the slave. The master uses this command to freeze the current states of the inputs. The input data is then only updated again when the control command UNFREEZE is sent by the master. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Glossary-3 Glossary G GSD file Device master data file. File in which the slave-specific characteristics such as number of inputs and outputs, number of diagnostics bytes, SYNC capability etc. are defined. One GSD file is available for each Siemens DP standard slave. This file is only necessary if you wish to connect DP standard slaves to a non-Siemens DP master. No GSD file is required if you use a Siemens DP master. The device master data for Siemens DP masters is defined in the type file (COM ET 200-specific format). Group The DP slaves must be arranged in groups to which the control commands SYNC or FREEZE are to be output. Several slaves can be combined to form a group. A DP slave can belong to several groups but to only one master system. Group affiliation Affiliation of a bus station with a group. H Host A host is a system or device which incorporates at least one DP master, e.g.: The programmable controller with the CPU is the host and the IM 308-C the DP master. The PC is the host and the CP 5480 the DP master. I IP 66 Degree of protection to DIN 40050; full protection against contact with live or moving parts, contamination, dust and the harmful ingression of heavy sea water or harsh water jets. IP 67 Degree of protection to DIN 40050; full protection against contact with live or moving parts, contamination and dust and protection against the harmful effects of immersion in water under pressure. Isolated In isolated I/O modules, the reference potentials of the control and load circuits are electrically isolated. The input and output circuits are not "grouped", i.e. the input and output circuits are not connected to a common potential (so-called group of one). Glossary-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Glossary M Master interface module Module for distributed configurations. The IM 308-B master interface module is used for "connecting" the distributed I/O to the programmable controller. Master-slave access method Bus access method providing for only one active node while all other nodes are passive. Master system All slave stations which are assigned to a master, together with the master, form a master system. Monitoring time is a slave parameter in COM ET 200. If a slave station is not addressed within the monitoring time, all outputs will be set to "0" (safe condition). N Non-floating In non-floating I/O modules, the reference potentials of the control and load circuits are electrically interconnected. O "Overview" diagnostics indicates the slave station for which a diagnostics message is present. P Passive nodes They may exchange data with an active node only after being requested to do so by the active node (= slave station). Parameterization master This is the master which is authorized to parameterize a slave station. PROFIBUS PROcess FIeld BUS, German process and field bus standard defined in the PROFIBUS standard (DIN 19245). It specifies functional, electrical and mechanical characteristics for a bit-serial field bus system. PROFIBUS-DP PROFIBUS-DP draft standard (DIN 19245, Part 3) on which the ET 200 distributed I/O system is based. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Glossary-5 Glossary Protective conductor A conductor required for protective measures against shock currents. It is symbolized by PE. R Reference potential Potential to which the voltages of the circuits concerned are referred and/or with respect to which they are measured. Response time Period between an edge at the input and the programmed output signal change. The response time of an ET 200C can be ignored when estimating the response times in the distributed I/O system. The response times of the distributed I/O system are described in the manual "ET 200 Distributed I/O System". S Screen impedance AC impedance of the cable screen. The screen impedance is a characteristic of the cable used and is usually specified by the manufacturer. Segment The bus line between two terminating resistors constitutes a segment. A segment includes 0 to 32 nodes. Segments can be linked via repeaters. Short-circuit Caused by a fault; it conductively connects conductors that are energized in normal operation if no resistance is inserted in the faulty circuit. SINEC L2 LAN that interfaces PROFIBUS-compatible programmable controllers and field devices both at the cell and field levels. SINEC L2-DP SINEC L2 LAN with DP protocol. DP denotes the distributed I/O. ET 200 corresponds to SINEC L2-DP. Station number Each ET 200 node must be assigned a station number. The programmer or ET 200 handheld unit are addressed by means of station number "0"; Master and slave have the same station number in the range 1 ... 125. Exception: ET 200B has a station number from the range 1 ... 99. STOP Glossary-6 This is a master mode. No data is exchanged between the master and slaves in this mode. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Glossary SYNC This is a control command which is sent from the master to the slave. The master uses this control command to freeze the current states of the outputs. The output data is stored with the frames that follow; the output states, however, remain unchanged. The outputs are then only updated again when the control command UNSYNC is sent by the master. T Terminating resistor Resistance for matching to the impedance of a bus cable; terminating resistors are generally required for terminating cables or segments. In the ET 200C, the terminating resistor screws onto the bus connection of an ET 200C module or onto a T connector. Type file File which is required by the COM ET 200 in order to configure a slave station. The type file contains slave-specific characteristics such as number of inputs and outputs, number of diagnostics bytes, SYNC capability etc. are defined. One type file, which is generated by Siemens and is part of COM ET 200 (from version 4.1), is available for each ET 200C station type. U UNFREEZE FREEZE Ungrounded configuration Configuration without any electrical connection to ground. In most cases, the fault currents are discharged via an RC element. (See Manual Guidelines on Fault-Free Installation of Programmable Controllers.) UNSYNC SYNC W Wire break This means that there is an interruption in the supply leads to the sensor or in the sensor itself. ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Glossary-7 Glossary Glossary-8 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Index A Active nodes, Glossary-1 Adapter cable, 1-4, 2-16, 3-23, 6-2, 6-3, 9-2 connections, 3-23 technical specifications, 13-9 Address area, 5-5 Address assignment, 5-1 Addressing, 5-1, 5-7 Analog input module AI 4 x 12 Bit, 1-3 DIL switches, 4-32 technical data, 12-20 terminal assignment, 4-31 wiring, 4-30 Analog input module AI 4/8 x 12 Bit, 1-3 DIL switches, 4-23 technical data, 12-2 terminal assignment, 4-22 Analog output module AO 4 x 12 Bit, 1-3 technical data, 12-33 wiring, 4-35 Anlog modules, DIL switches, 4-43 B Baud rate, Glossary-1 Binary file, Glossary-1 Bus, Glossary-1 Bus cable. See Cables Bus connection, Glossary-1 digital input module DI 8 x DC 24V, 3-3 digital input/output module DI 16/DO 16 x DC 24V/2A, 3-9 digital output module DO 8 x DC 24V/0.5A, 3-5 digital output module DO 8 x DC 24V/2A, 3-7 programmer connector, 3-19 T connector, 3-17 wiring, 4-10 Bus node, Glossary-1 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Bus segment, Glossary-1 C Cables, 1-4, 3-20 made up by the customer, 4-8 prefabricated, 4-8 technical specifications, 13-7 Characteristics, of ET 200C, 1-4, 1-5, 1-6 Circular connectors, rules for connection, 4-9 COM ET 200, 5-1 Components, ET 200C, 3-1 Conduit-thread gland, 1-4 Configuration grounded, 4-3, 4-4 ungrounded, 4-3, 4-6, Glossary-7 with programmer connector, 2-16 with PS connector - with T connectors, 2-7 - without T connector, 2-4 with several PS connectors, 2-10 without PS connector, 2-12 Configuration options, 2-1 Connection of current sensors, 4-34 of inputs, 4-13, 4-21, 4-30 of inputs and outputs for 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0, 4-17, 4-19 of outputs, 4-15, 4-35 of power supply only, 4-12 of programmer connector, 3-19 of resistance thermometer, 4-27, 4-28 of SINEC L2-DP and power supply, 4-10, 4-12 of SINEC-L2 DP only, 4-11 of the ET 200 handheld, 9-2 of the programmer, 6-2 of thermocouples, 4-24, 4-25, 4-26 of voltage sensors, 4-29, 4-33 options, 4-11 Index-1 Index Connections adapter cable, 3-23 digital input module DI 8 x DC 24V, 3-2 digital input/output module DI 16/DO 16 x DC 24V/2A, 3-8 digital output module DO 8 x DC 24V/0.5A, 3-4 digital output module DO 8 x DC 24V/2A, 3-6 for sealing unused connections, 4-13, 4-17, 4-19, 4-22, 4-31, 4-41, 4-42 for sealing unused outputs, 4-15 power supply connector, 3-18 sealing of unused connections, 4-12 T connector, 3-17 Control command, Glossary-2 CP5410-S5DOS/ST, 3-23, Glossary-2 Current sensors, 4-34 D Data throughput, 1-4, 1-5 Device-related diagnostics, Glossary-2 Diagnostics, 1-4, 1-5, 1-6, Glossary-2 manufacturer, 7-17 station status, 7-10, 7-11, 7-12, 7-13, 7-14, 7-15, 8-14-8-16 Diagnostics functions, 3-23 Diagnostics word, 7-8 Digital input DI 8 x DC 24V, wiring, 4-13 Digital input module DI 8 x DC 24V, 1-3, 3-2 connections, 3-2 technical specifications, 11-2 Digital input/output module DI 16/DO 16 x DC 24V/2A, 1-3, 3-8 connections, 3-8 technical specifications, 11-16 wiring, 4-13, 4-15, 4-17, 4-19 Digital output module DO 8 x DC 24V/0.5A, 1-3, 3-4 connections, 3-4 technical specifications, 11-6 wiring, 4-15 Digital output module DO 8 x DC 24V/2A, 1-3, 3-6 connections, 3-6 technical specifications, 11-11 wiring, 4-15 Index-2 DIL switches, 4-23, 4-32, 4-43 DIN 19245, 1-2 Distributed I/O, Glossary-2 DP master, Glossary-2 DP Siemens, Glossary-2 DP standard, Glossary-3 Drill-hole templates, 4-2 E Earth, Glossary-3 Earthing electrode, Glossary-3 Earthing measures, Glossary-3 Electrical isolation, 1-4, 1-5 Electrical wiring, 4-3 ET 200, 1-2 ET 200 distributed I/O system, 1-2 ET 200 handheld, 2-16, 3-23 connect, 9-2 ET 200C, 1-3 characteristics, 1-4, 1-5 components, 3-1 wiring, 4-8 ET 200C distributed I/O system, 1-3 External load voltage supply, connect, rules, 2-6, 2-9, 2-14 External power supply connect, 4-42 wiring of, 4-42 F Fault diagnostics using COM ET 200, 7-5 using LEDs, 7-2, 8-2 using STEP 5, 7-7, 8-6 FREEZE, Glossary-3 G General reset, 9-2 General technical specifications, 10-1, 10-3 Grounded configuration, 4-4 rules, 4-4 Group, Glossary-4 Group affiliation, Glossary-4 GSD file, B-1, Glossary-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Index H O Handheld, connect, 9-2 Header, 7-18 Host, Glossary-4 Output channels, 3-5, 3-7, 3-9 Outputs connect for 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0, 4-17, 4-19 connecting, 4-15, 4-35 Overview, of digital and analog modules for the ET 200C, 10-2 "Overview" diagnostics, Glossary-5 I Individual diagnostics, 7-5, 7-18 Input channels, 3-3, 3-9 Inputs connect for 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0, 4-17, 4-19 connecting, 4-13, 4-21, 4-30 Installation, 4-2 rules, 4-2 Installation position, 4-2 Insulation monitoring, 4-6 IP 66, 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, Glossary-4 IP 66/IP 67, guarantee of, 4-2 IP 67, 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, Glossary-4 Isolated, Glossary-4 L LEDs, 1-4, 1-5, 1-6, 7-2, 7-2, 8-2, 8-2 Load power supply, 4-4, 4-6 Load voltage supply connect, 4-41 wiring of, 4-41 M Main power fuse, 4-4, 4-6 Main switch, 4-4, 4-6 Manufacturer ID, 7-17 Master interface module, Glossary-5 Master system, Glossary-5 Master-slave access method, Glossary-5 Metal caps, for sealing unused connections, 4-12, 4-41, 4-42 Monitoring time, Glossary-5 N Nodes, passive, Glossary-5 Non-floating, Glossary-5 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b P Parameterization master, Glossary-5 Passive nodes, Glossary-5 Pin assignment for inputs, 4-21, 4-30 for inputs and outputs for 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0, 4-17, 4-19 for outputs, 4-35 inputs of ET 200C; AI 4 x 12 Bit, 4-31, A-7 inputs/outputs of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 x DC 24 V/2A 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0, A-3 outputs of ET 200C; AI 4/8 x 12 Bit, 4-22, A-6 outputs of ET 200C; AO 4 x 12 Bit, 4-36, A-8 Pin assignment (12-pin circular connector) for power supply connection only, 4-12 for SINEC L2-DP and power supply connection, 4-12 for SINEC L2-DP connection only, 4-11 Pin assignment (12-pin circular plug) for power supply only, A-2, A-5 for SINEC L2-DP and power supply, A-2, A-5 for SINEC L2-DP only, A-2, A-5 Pin assignment (4-pin circular connector) for inputs, 4-13 for outputs, 4-15 Pin assignment (5-pin circular plug) for inputs, A-3 for outputs, A-3 Pin assignment (6-pin circular connector) for external power supply, 4-42 for load voltage supply connection, 4-41 Index-3 Index Pin assignment (6-pin circular plug) for external power supply, A-4 for load voltage supply, A-4 Power supply See also Power supply connector connect, rules, 2-15 connections, 3-18, 4-10 external, connect, 4-42 external, wiring of, 4-42 Power supply cable. See Cables Power supply connector, 1-4, 3-18 technical specifications, 13-3 PROFIBUS, 1-2, Glossary-5 PROFIBUS-DP, 1-2, Glossary-5 Programmer, connect, 2-16, 6-2 Programmer connecting cable, 2-16, 3-23, 6-2, 6-3 Programmer connector, 3-19, 3-19, 6-3 connect, rules, 2-17 technical specifications, 13-5 Programmer interface module CP5410-S5DOS/ST, 3-23 Programmers, 3-23 Protective conductor, Glossary-6 Protective conductor connection, 1-4, 1-5 Proximity switch, 1-4, 1-5 R Reference potential, Glossary-6 Resistance thermometer, 4-27, 4-28 Response time, Glossary-6 Rules for connecting the ET 200 handheld, 9-2 for connecting the programmer, 6-2 for connecting the programmer connector, 2-17 for current connection, 2-15 for grounded configuration, 4-4 for installation, 4-2 for the external load voltage supply, 2-6, 2-9, 2-14 for the T connector, 2-9, 2-14 for ungrounded configuration, 4-6 Index-4 S Screen CONFIGURING (1), 5-3, 5-4 CONFIGURING (2), 5-5, 5-6 CONFIGURING (3), 5-7, 5-9 DIAGNOSTICS: OVERVIEW, 7-5 INDIVIDUAL DIAGNOSTICS, 7-5 STARTUP/TEST: STATION SELECTED, 6-4, 6-5 STARTUP/TEST: STATUS/FORCE, 6-6 Screen impedance, Glossary-6 Segment, Glossary-6 Set station number, 3-23 Short-circuit, Glossary-6 SINEC L2, 1-2, Glossary-6 SINEC L2-DP, 1-2, Glossary-6 connection, 4-10 Spur line, 2-17 Startup with ET 200 handheld, 6-1, 9-1 with programmer and COM ET 200, 6-1, 6-4 Station diagnostics, 7-8, 7-11, 7-13, 7-15 Station number, 4-44, 5-3, Glossary-6 Station status, 7-10, 7-11, 7-12, 7-13, 7-14, 7-15, 8-14-8-16 Station type, 5-5 STOP, Glossary-6 SYNC, Glossary-7 T T connector, 1-4, 3-17 connect, rules, 2-9, 2-14 connections, 3-17 technical specifications, 13-2 Technical data analog input module AI 4 x 12 Bit, 12-20 analog input module AI 4/8 x 12 Bit, 12-2 analog output module AO 4 x 12 Bit, 12-33 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Index Technical specifications adapter cable, 13-9 cables, 13-7 digital input module DI 8 x DC 24V, 11-2 digital input/output module DI 16/DO 16 x DC 24V/2A, 11-16 digital output module DO 8 x DC 24V/0.5A, 11-6 digital output module DO 8 x DC 24V/2A, 11-11 general, 10-1, 10-3 power supply connector, 13-3 programmer connector, 13-5 T connector, 13-2 terminating resistor, 13-8 Terminal assignment, 4-22, 4-31 Terminating resistor, 1-4, 3-22, Glossary-7 technical specifications, 13-8 Test with ET 200 handheld, 6-1, 9-1 with programmer and COM ET 200, 6-1, 6-6 Test and startup, 3-23, 6-1 Thermocouple, 4-24, 4-25, 4-26 Twist caps for sealing unused connections, 4-17, 4-19, 4-22, 4-31 for sealing unused outputs, 4-15 for unused inputs, 4-13 Type file, B-1, Glossary-7 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b U UNFREEZE, Glossary-7 Ungrounded configuration, 4-6 rules, 4-6 UNSYNC, Glossary-7 V Voltage sensors, 4-29, 4-33 W Wire break, Glossary-7 Wiring electrical, 4-3 inputs, 4-30 of digital output modules, 4-15 of ET 200C, 4-8 of inputs and outputs of 6ES7 143-0BL110-0XB0, 4-17, 4-19 of outputs, 4-35 of the bus connection, 4-10 of the digital inputs, 4-13 of the external power supply, 4-42 of the load voltage supply, 4-41 Index-5 Index Index-6 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Siemens AG AUT 125 Doku Postfach 1963 D-92209 Amberg Federal Republic of Germany From: Your Name: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Your Title: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Company Name: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Street: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . City, Zip Code: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Country: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phone: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Please check any industry that applies to you: Automotive Pharmaceutical Chemical Plastic Electrical Machinery Pulp and Paper Food Textiles Instrument and Control Transportation Nonelectrical Machinery Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Petrochemical Remarks Form Your comments and recommendations will help us to improve the quality and usefulness of our publications. Please take the first available opportunity to fill out this questionnaire and return it to Siemens. Please do not forget to state the title, order number, and release of your manual. Title of Your Manual: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Order No. of Your Manual: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Release: Please give each of the following questions your own personal mark within the range from 1 (very good) to 5 (poor). 1. Do the contents meet your requirements? 2. Is the information you need easy to find? 3. Is the text easy to understand? 4. Does the level of technical detail meet your requirements? 5. Please rate the quality of the graphics/tables: Additional comments: .................................................................................... .................................................................................... .................................................................................... .................................................................................... .................................................................................... .................................................................................... .................................................................................... .................................................................................... .................................................................................... .................................................................................... .................................................................................... .................................................................................... .................................................................................... .................................................................................... .................................................................................... .................................................................................... 52 mm 2.05 inches 163 mm 6.42 inches Drill-hole template ET 200C DI 8 DC 24V ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/0.5 A ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/2A ET 200C AI 4/8 12 Bit ET 200C AI 4 12 Bit ET 200C AO 4 12 Bit Drill-holes: M4 thread 52 mm 2.05 inches 163 mm 6.42 inches Drill-hole template ET 200C DI 8 DC 24V ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/0.5 A ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/2A ET 200C AI 4/8 12 Bit ET 200C AI 4 12 Bit ET 200C AO 4 12 Bit Drill-holes: M4 thread 52 mm 2.05 inches 163 mm 6.42 inches ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Drill-hole template ET 200C DI 8 DC 24V ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/0.5 A ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/2A ET 200C AI 4/8 12 Bit ET 200C AI 4 12 Bit ET 200C AO 4 12 Bit Drill-holes: M4 thread 52 mm 2.05 inches 163 mm 6.42 inches Drill-hole template ET 200C DI 8 DC 24V ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/0.5 A ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/2A ET 200C AI 4/8 12 Bit ET 200C AI 4 12 Bit ET 200C AO 4 12 Bit Drill-holes: M4 thread 52 mm 2.05 inches 163 mm 6.42 inches Drill-hole template ET 200C DI 8 DC 24V ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/0.5 A ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/2A ET 200C AI 4/8 12 Bit ET 200C AI 4 12 Bit ET 200C AO 4 12 Bit Drill-holes: M4 thread 52 mm 2.05 inches 163 mm 6.42 inches ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Drill-hole template ET 200C DI 8 DC 24V ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/0.5 A ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/2A ET 200C AI 4/8 12 Bit ET 200C AI 4 12 Bit ET 200C AO 4 12 Bit Drill-holes: M4 thread 52 mm 2.05 inches 163 mm 6.42 inches Drill-hole template ET 200C DI 8 DC 24V ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/0.5 A ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/2A ET 200C AI 4/8 12 Bit ET 200C AI 4 12 Bit ET 200C AO 4 12 Bit Drill-holes: M4 thread 52 mm 2.05 inches 163 mm 6.42 inches Drill-hole template ET 200C DI 8 DC 24V ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/0.5 A ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/2A ET 200C AI 4/8 12 Bit ET 200C AI 4 12 Bit ET 200C AO 4 12 Bit Drill-holes: M4 thread 52 mm 2.05 inches 163 mm 6.42 inches ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b Drill-hole template ET 200C DI 8 DC 24V ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/0.5 A ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/2A ET 200C AI 4/8 12 Bit ET 200C AI 4 12 Bit ET 200C AO 4 12 Bit Drill-holes: M4 thread 110 mm 240 mm Drill-hole template ET 200C DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A Drill-holes: M4 thread ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 110 mm 240 mm Drill-hole template ET 200C DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A Drill-holes: M4 thread ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 63 mm 2.48 inches 52 mm 2.05 inches 52 mm 2.05 inches 63 mm 2.48 inches Drill-hole template Power-supply connector Drill-hole template Power-supply connector Drill-holes: M4 thread Drill-holes: M4 thread 63 mm 2.48 inches 52 mm 2.05 inches 52 mm 2.05 inches 63 mm 2.48 inches Drill-hole template Power-supply connector Drill-hole template Power-supply connector Drill-holes: M4 thread Drill-holes: M4 thread 63 mm 2.48 inches 52 mm 2.05 inches 52 mm 2.05 inches 63 mm 2.48 inches Drill-hole template Power-supply connector Drill-hole template Power-supply connector Drill-holes: M4 thread Drill-holes: M4 thread ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b 14 mm 0.55 inch 14 mm 0.55 inch 14 mm 0.55 inch 14 mm 0.55 inch 14 mm 0.55 inch 14 mm 0.55 inch ET 200C Distributed I/O Station EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b